WO2006004658A2 - Furanopyrimidines - Google Patents

Furanopyrimidines Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006004658A2
WO2006004658A2 PCT/US2005/022727 US2005022727W WO2006004658A2 WO 2006004658 A2 WO2006004658 A2 WO 2006004658A2 US 2005022727 W US2005022727 W US 2005022727W WO 2006004658 A2 WO2006004658 A2 WO 2006004658A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
substituted
unsubstituted
phenyl
pyrimidin
furo
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2005/022727
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2006004658A3 (en
Inventor
John L. Buchanan
William H. Buckner
Simon A. Burkitt
Erin F. Dimauro
Christopher N. Farthing
Alexander David Frenkel
Martin J. Harrison
Frank Kayser
Jinqian Liu
Sarah E. Lively
Teresa L. Marshall
David C. Mcgowan
Rajiv Sharma
Stephen Joseph Shuttleworth
Xiaotian Zhu
Original Assignee
Amgen Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Amgen Inc. filed Critical Amgen Inc.
Priority to AU2005260077A priority Critical patent/AU2005260077A1/en
Priority to EP05763716A priority patent/EP1768986A2/en
Priority to MXPA06015223A priority patent/MXPA06015223A/en
Priority to CA002571857A priority patent/CA2571857A1/en
Priority to JP2007519333A priority patent/JP2008505084A/en
Publication of WO2006004658A2 publication Critical patent/WO2006004658A2/en
Publication of WO2006004658A3 publication Critical patent/WO2006004658A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/02Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/14Drugs for dermatological disorders for baldness or alopecia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/38Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the suprarenal hormones
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06Antianaemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present invention generally relates to furanopyrimidine compounds, pharmaceutical formulations containing the compounds, methods of treatment using the compounds, and methods of preparing medicaments comprising the compounds.
  • T cells play a pivotal role in the regulation of immune responses and are important for establishing immunity to pathogens.
  • T cells are often activated during inflammatory autoimmune diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, type I diabetes, multiple sclerosis, Sjogren's disease, myasthenia gravis, psoriasis, and lupus. T cell activation is also an important component of organ transplantation rejection, allergic reactions, and asthma.
  • T cells are activated by specific antigens through T cell receptors (TCR) which are expressed on the cell surface.
  • TCR T cell receptors
  • This activation triggers a series of intracellular signaling cascades mediated by enzymes expressed within the cell (Kane, LP et al. Current Opinion in Immunol. 200, 12, 242). These cascades lead to gene regulation events that result in the production of cytokines, including interleukin-2 (IL-2).
  • IL-2 interleukin-2
  • EL-2 is a critical cytokine in T cell activation, leading to proliferation and amplification of specific immune responses.
  • Kinase enzymes have been shown to be important in the intracellular signal transduction.
  • Src-family of protein tyrosine kinases which includes, for example: Lck, Fyn(B), Fyn(T), Lyn, Src, Yes, Hck, Fgr and BIk (for review see: Bolen, JB, and Brugge, JS Annu. Rev. Immunol 1997, 15, 371).
  • PTK's protein tyrosine kinases
  • Src-family kinases are also important for signaling downstream of other immune cell receptors. Fyn, like Lck, is involved in TCR signaling in T cells (Appleby, MW et al. Cell 1992, 70, 751). Hck and Fgr are involved in Fc ⁇ receptor signaling leading to neutrophil activation (Vicentini, L. et al. J. Immunol. 2002, 168, 6446). Lyn and Src also participate in Fc ⁇ receptor signaling leading to release of histamine and other allergic mediators (Turner, H. and Kinet, J-P Nature 1999, 402, B24). These findings suggest that Src family kinase inhibitors may be useful in treating allergic diseases and asthma.
  • Src kinases have also been found to be activated in tumors including sarcoma, melanoma, breast, and colon cancers suggesting that Src kinase inhibitors may be useful anti ⁇ cancer agents (Abram, CL and Courtneidge, SA Exp. Cell Res. 2000, 254, 1). Src kinase inhibitors have also been reported to be effective in an animal model of cerebral ischemia (R. Paul et al. Nature Medicine 2001, 7, 222), suggesting that Src kinase inhibitors may be effective at limiting brain damage following stroke.
  • Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States (Boring, et al., CA Cancer J. Clin., 43:7, 1993), and features uncontrolled cellular growth, which results either in local invasion of normal tissue or systemic spread (metastasis) of the abnormal growth. Cancer is caused by inherited or acquired mutations in cancer genes, which have normal cellular functions and which induce or otherwise contribute to cancer once mutated or expressed at an abnormal level. Certain well-studied tumors carry several different independently mutated genes, including activated oncogenes and inactivated tumor suppressor genes.
  • Gene amplification involves a chromosomal region bearing specific genes undergoing a relative increase in DNA copy number, thereby increasing the copies of any genes that are present. In general, gene amplification results in increased levels of transcription and translation, producing higher amounts of the corresponding gene mRNA and protein. Amplification of genes causes deleterious effects, which contribute to cancer formation and proliferation (Lengauer et al. Nature, 396:643-649, 1999). Gene amplification has been established as an important genetic alteration in solid tumors (Knuutila et al., Am. J. Pathol., 152(5): 1107-23, 1998; Knuutila et al., Cancer Genet. Cytogenet, 100(l):25-30, 1998).
  • Another trait of tumor cells is the over-expression or differential expression of whole collections of genes.
  • pre-cancerous or cancerous cells, and tissues where both amplification of a gene and over-expression of the gene product occur, then that gene and its product present both a diagnostic target as well as a therapeutic opportunity for intervention.
  • the amplified cancer genes encode an enzyme, such as a kinase, and the discovery and characterization of inhibitors of the enzymatic activity of this gene product will be a promising avenue that leads to novel therapeutics for cancer treatment.
  • ACKl is a gene that is frequently amplified and over-expressed in primary human tumors (U.S. Patent Publication No. 20030175763).
  • ACKl kinase activity is regulated in the context of cell attachment and detachment, and certain cancer cells depend on ACKl 's kinase activity for adhesion, anchorage independent growth and survival. Down regulation of ACKl kinase activity or ACKl expression levels can result in reduced tumor growth in animal models. Accordingly, Ack is a target believed to be useful in the regulation of cancer.
  • the ACKl gene encodes an intracellular, non-receptor tyrosine kinase that binds cdc42Hs in its GTP-bound form and inhibits both the intrinsic and GTPase-activating protein (GAP)-stimulated GTPase activity of p21cdc42, a Ras-like protein involved in cell growth (Manser et al., Nature 363(6427):364-367, 1993). This binding is mediated by a unique polypeptide of 47 amino acids C-terminal to an SH3 domain. ACKl gene contains a tyrosine kinase domain and is reported to possess tyrosine kinase activity.
  • GAP GTPase-activating protein
  • the protein may be involved in a regulatory mechanism that sustains the GTP-bound active form of cdc42Hs and which is directly linked to a tyrosine phosphorylation signal transduction pathway.
  • Src family kinase or ACK-I disclosing various chemical compounds, including 2-phenylamino-imidazo [4,5- h]isoquinolin-9-ones (Snow, RJ et al. J. Med. Chem. 2002, 45, 3394), pyrazolo [3,4- d]pyrimidines (Burchat, AF et al. Bioorganic and Med. Chem. Letters 2002, 12, 1987 and Hanke, JH et al. J.
  • PCT publication WO 03/018589 discloses various 4-(substituted amino)- furanopyrimidines useful in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases caused by ischemia such as angina, pectoris, peripheral and arterial occlusion diseases, thrombosis, vascular occlusions, myocardial infarction, and reperfusion diseases.
  • cardiovascular diseases caused by ischemia such as angina, pectoris, peripheral and arterial occlusion diseases, thrombosis, vascular occlusions, myocardial infarction, and reperfusion diseases.
  • the publication also suggests that the disclosed compounds may be useful for the treatment of acute or chronic pain and neurodegenerative diseases.
  • the publication does not disclose any 4-(heterocycloalkylamino)furanopyrimidines, and it makes no mention of using 4-(substitutedamino)furanopyrimidines to treat proliferative disease.
  • the present invention relates to compounds represented by general Formula I:
  • the compounds of Formula I are capable of modulating protein tyrosine kinase enzymes of the Src family, such as Lck, as well as other protein kinase enzymes such as ACK-I and Jak-3. Accordingly, these compounds are useful in the treatment, including preventative, prophylactic and therapeutic treatment, of protein tyrosine kinase-associated disorders, including but not limited to, immunologic and oncologic disorders.
  • Protein tyrosine kinase-associated disorders are disorders which result from aberrant tyrosine kinase activity, and/or which are alleviated by the regulation, and inhibition in particular, of one or more of these kinase enzymes.
  • Lck inhibitors are of value in the treatment of a number of such disorders (for example, the treatment of autoimmune diseases), as Lck inhibition blocks T cell activation. It is believed that the compounds of Formula I modulate T cell activation by way of inhibition of one or more of the multiple protein tyrosine kinases involved in early signal transduction steps leading to T cell activation, for example, by way of inhibition of Lck kinase.
  • the compounds of Formula I are useful for the treatment of T cell mediated diseases, including inhibition of T cell activation and proliferation.
  • the invention provides compounds, which selectively block T cell activation and proliferation. Further, the compounds may block the activation of endothelial cell protein tyrosine kinase by oxidative stress thereby limiting surface expression of adhesion molecules that induce neutrophil binding, and they also can inhibit protein tyrosine kinase necessary for neutrophil activation. The compounds would be useful, therefore, in the treatment of ischemia and reperfusion injury.
  • methods for the treatment of protein tyrosine kinase-associated disorders are provided. The method comprises administering to a subject at least one compound of Formula I in an amount effective to treat the disorder.
  • compositions comprising a compound of Formula I and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a composition can be administered to the subject, such as a human, for the purpose of treating the disorder.
  • Other therapeutic agents such as those described below may be employed in combination with the inventive compounds, such as in a combined composition, in the present methods.
  • such other therapeutic agent(s) may be administered prior to, simultaneously with, or following the administration of the compound(s) of the present invention.
  • the compound(s) of the present invention may be used in treating related conditions including, without limitation, arthritis (such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis or osteoarthritis); transplant (such as organ transplant, acute transplant or heterograft or homograft (such as is employed in burn treatment)) rejection; protection from ischemic or reperfusion injury such as ischemic or reperfusion injury incurred during organ transplantation, myocardial infarction, stroke or other causes; transplantation tolerance induction; multiple sclerosis; inflammatory bowel disease, including ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease; lupus (systemic lupus erythematosis); graft vs.
  • arthritis such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis or osteoarthritis
  • transplant such as organ transplant, acute transplant or heterograft or homograft (such as is employed in burn treatment)
  • protection from ischemic or reperfusion injury such as ischemic or reperfusion injury incurred during organ transplantation, my
  • T -cell mediated hypersensitivity diseases including contact hypersensitivity, delayed-type hypersensitivity, and gluten-sensitive enteropathy (Celiac disease); Type 1 diabetes; psoriasis; contact dermatitis (including that due to poison ivy); Hashimoto's thyroiditis; Sjogren's syndrome; Autoimmune Hyperthyroidism, such as Graves' Disease; Addison's disease (autoimmune disease of the adrenal glands); Autoimmune polyglandular disease (also known as autoimmune polyglandular syndrome); autoimmune alopecia; pernicious anemia; vitiligo; autoimmune hypopituatarism; Guillain-Barre syndrome; other autoimmune diseases; cancers where Lck or other Src-family kinases such as Src are activated or overexpressed, such as colon carcinoma and thymoma, or cancers where Src- family kinase activity facilitates tumor growth or survival; glomerulonephritis, serum sickness; utic
  • the present invention also provides methods for treating the aforementioned disorders such as atopic dermatitis by administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, which is an inhibitor of protein tyrosine kinase, to a patient suffering from dermatitis and potentially in need of such treatment.
  • the compounds of the invention are also capable of modulating other kinase enzymes, such as ACK-I. Modulating ACK-I can be useful for treating various ACK-I- mediated poliferative diseases, such as cancer and cancer-related conditions. Accordingly, this is one route by which the compounds can be useful for treating cancer.
  • Src-family kinases other than Lck such as Hck and Fgr, are important in the Fc ⁇ receptor induced respiratory burst of neutrophils as well as the Fc ⁇ receptor responses of monocytes and macrophages.
  • the compounds of the present invention may inhibit the Fc ⁇ induced respiratory burst response in neutrophils, and may also inhibit the Fc ⁇ dependent production of TNF ⁇ .
  • the ability to inhibit Fc ⁇ receptor dependent neutrophil, monocyte and macrophage responses would result in additional anti-inflammatory activity for the present compounds in addition to their effects on T cells. This activity would be especially of value, for example, in the treatment of inflammatory diseases, such as arthritis or inflammatory bowel disease.
  • the present compounds may also be of value for the treatment of autoimmune glomerulonephritis and other instances of glomerulonephritis induced by deposition of immune complexes in the kidney that trigger Fc ⁇ receptor responses and which can lead to kidney damage.
  • certain Src family kinases such as Lyn and Fyn(B) may be important in the Fc ⁇ receptor induced degranulation of mast cells and basophils that plays an important role in asthma, allergic rhinitis, and other allergic disease.
  • Fc ⁇ receptors are stimulated by IgE-antigen complexes.
  • the compounds of the present invention may inhibit the Fc ⁇ induced degranulation responses.
  • the ability to inhibit Fc ⁇ receptor dependent mast cell and basophil responses may result in additional anti-inflammatory activity for the present compounds beyond their effect on T cells.
  • the combined activity of the present compounds towards monocytes, macrophages, T cells, etc. may prove to be a valuable tool in the treatment of any of the aforementioned disorders.
  • the compounds are useful for the treatment of the aforementioned exemplary disorders irrespective of their etiology, whether or not associated with PTK.
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula I
  • X is -NR 2 R 3 , -OR 2 or -SR 2 ;
  • Y is hydrogen, halogen, haloalkyl, CN, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-OR 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-R 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-R 4 , substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, (substituted or unsubstitute
  • Z is O or S(O) P , wherein p is 0,1 or 2;
  • R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted Ci -6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Q- ⁇ alkoxy, wherein the Ci- ⁇ alkyl and Ci_ 6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
  • R la is H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF 3 , C 1-6 alkyl, C,. 6 haloalkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy;
  • R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (cycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted fused bicyclic (arylheterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heteroalkyl moiety has 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S;
  • R 3 is H, CF 3 , or Ci -6 alkyl
  • R 4 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl; and provided that
  • R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, and Z is O, then Y is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR 4 or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR 4 wherein R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl; and
  • X is -NR 2 R 3 .
  • X is -OR 2 .
  • X is or -SR 2 .
  • X is tetrahydro-2-furanylmethylamino, 2-(l-piperazinyl)ethylamino, 2-(4- raorpholinyl)ethylamino, pyrrolidinylethylamino, piperidinylethylamino, N-boc- piperazinylethylamino, N-ethyl-piperazinylethylamino, 1 -methyl-2-pyrrolidinylmethylamino or 1 -ethyl-2-pyrrolidinylmethylamino.
  • Y is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl- OR 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-R 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-R 4 , substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl-OR 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-
  • Y is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-OR 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-R 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-R 4 , substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl-OR 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl-OR 4 , (substituted
  • Y is 3-methoxy-4-(2-(l-piperidinyl)ethoxy)phenyl, 3-fluoro-4-(2- (diethy lamino)ethoxy)pheny 1, 4-(COOH)pheny 1, 3 -fluoro-4-(2-( 1 -piperidiny l)ethoxy)pheny 1, 4-(CHO)phenyl, 4-((4-methyl-l-piperizinyl)methyl)phenyl, indolyl, 1-methyl-indolyl, 4- methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-l,4-benzoxazinyl, benzofuranyl, 4-(N 5 N- dimethylsulfonamidyl)phenyl, (3,4,5-trimethyloxy)phenyl, (3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxy)phenyl, 3 -fluoro-4-(2-(diethylamino)ethoxy)pheny
  • Z is S(O) P , wherein p is 0,1 or 2.
  • R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted C ⁇ 6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Q -6 alkoxy, wherein the Q -6 alkyl and Q. 6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I.
  • R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted Ci -6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C 1-6 alkoxy, wherein the Q -6 alkyl and Ci -6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I.
  • R la is H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF 3 , Ci -4 alkyl or Ci 4 alkoxy.
  • R la is H.
  • R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
  • heterocycloalkyl heteroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted fused bicyclic
  • heteroalkyl (arylheterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heteroalkyl moiety has 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S.
  • R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
  • heteroalkyl (arylheterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heteroalkyl moiety has 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S.
  • R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)Ci-8alkyl, wherein the heterocycloalkyl is piperidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, pyran or morpholine.
  • R 3 is H or Ci -6 alkyl.
  • R 4 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl.
  • X is -NHR 2 ;
  • Y is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-OR 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-R 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-R 4 or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
  • Z is O
  • R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted C 6 -ioaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci -6 alkoxy, wherein the Ci -6 alkyl and C] -6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
  • R la is H
  • R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted fused bicyclic (arylheterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heteroalkyl moiety has 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; and
  • R 4 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl.
  • Y is hydrogen, halogen, haloalkyl, CN, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-OR 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-R 4 , (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-R 4 , substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, (substituted or unsubstitute
  • R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 ⁇ alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Q -6 alkoxy, wherein the C 1 ⁇ alkyl and Ci -6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
  • R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkytyCi-galkyl
  • R 4 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy 1, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl; provided that
  • a further embodiment is a compound of Formula III
  • X is -OR 2 , -SR 2 , or -NHR 2 ;
  • Y is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR 4 , substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR 4 ;
  • R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted Ci -6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Q -6 alkoxy, wherein the C]. 6 alkyl and Ci- 6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
  • R la is H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF 3 , C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy;
  • R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (cycloalkyl)heteroalkyl substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted fused bicyclic (arylheterocycloakyl)alkyl, wherein the heteroalkyl moiety has 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; and
  • R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl; substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl.
  • R la is H.
  • R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heterocycloalkyl group of the (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl is a saturated ring.
  • X is NHR 2 .
  • R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (arylheterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heterocycloalkyl group of the (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl and the arylheterocycloalkyl group of the (arylheterocycloalkyl)alkyl is tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxalanyl, dithiolanyl, dioxanyl, oxathiolanyl, oxetanyl, oxazolidinyl, dithianyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, hexahydropyranyl, hexahydrothiopyranyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,3
  • R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 ⁇ alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Cj -6 alkoxy, wherein the C 1-6 alkyl and C 1 ⁇ alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I.
  • Y is unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted bicyclic heteroaryl, or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR 4 .
  • Y is unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR 4 , or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR 4 .
  • Y is unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or (unsubstituted phenylene)-OR 4 .
  • R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl, wherein the heterocycloalkyl moiety or heteroaryl moiety is selected from substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyl, substituted or unsubstituted piperidinyl, substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiomorpholinyl, substituted or unsubstituted imidazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted hexahydropyranyl, substituted or unsubstituted oxazolidinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl.
  • R 4 is C 1-6 alkyl or Ci -6 heteroalkyl, each independently substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO 2 , oxo, NH 2 , NR 5 R 6 , C(O)NR 5 R 6 , COOR 7 , OH, OR 7 , or S(O) q R 7 , wherein R 5 and R 7 are independently unsubstituted Ci -6 alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, or (heteroaryl)alkyl; R 6 is H or unsubstituted Ci -6 alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, or (heteroaryl)alkyl; or R 5
  • R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)methyl, the heterocycloalkyl ring of the (heterocycloalkyl)methyl being a 5- or 6-member saturated ring including at least one member selected from sulfur, oxygen, sulf ⁇ nyl, or sulfonyl.
  • R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted Ci -6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci -6 alkoxy, wherein the Ci -6 alkyl and Ci -6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I.
  • Y is phenyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR , or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR 4 .
  • Still another embodiment provides a compound of formula V
  • Y is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR 4 , substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR 4 ;
  • R is H, F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted C ]-6 alkoxy, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
  • R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)methyl, the heterocycloalkyl ring of the (heterocycloalkyl)methyl being a 5- or 6-member saturated ring including at least one member selected from sulfur, oxygen, sulfinyl, or sulfonyl; and
  • R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl; substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl; or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
  • Y is unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted phenyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR 4 , substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR 4 .
  • the compounds of Formulae I-V, and stereoisomers, solvates, tautomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and derivatives, and prodrugs of these compounds are useful for treating subjects, such as humans, with various conditions and/or disease states, as previously described.
  • the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of the compounds of Formula I, II, III,
  • IV, or V which includes compounds according to any of the various embodiments above, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • the compounds of Formulae I-V, or pharmaceutical composition comprising such compound(s), may be administered in an effective amount to the subject to modulate one or more targets in the subject thereby treating the target-mediated disease or condition.
  • another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of treating inflammation in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of inhibiting T cell activation in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of treating arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, or osteoarthritis in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of treating organ transplant, acute transplant or heterograft or homograft rejection, or transplantation tolerance induction in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of treating ischemic or reperfusion injury, myocardial infarction, or stroke in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of treating multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, including ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, lupus, contact hypersensitivity, delayed-type hypersensitivity, and gluten-sensitive enteropathy, type
  • Barre syndrome glomerulonephritis, serum sickness, uticaria, allergic diseases, asthma, hayfever, allergic rhinitis, scleracielma, mycosis fungoides, dermatomyositis, alopecia areata, chronic actinic dermatitis, eczema, Behcet's disease, Pustulosis palmoplanteris, Pyoderma gangrenum, Sezary's syndrome, atopic dermatitis, systemic schlerosis, morphea or atopic dermatitis in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of treating colon carcinoma or thymoma in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of treating a proliferative disease in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to the method of treating a proliferative disease in a mammal, the method further comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a second antiproliferative agent with the compound, which was administered to the mammal.
  • the proliferative disease is cancer.
  • the proliferative disease is breast cancer, lung cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, psoriasis, prostatic hyperplasia, or a benign tumor.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method for treating a tyrosine kinase-mediated disorder in a mammal, comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
  • the tyrosine kinase is Lck or ACK-I.
  • Various other embodiments of the invention relate to the manufacture of a medicament for the purposes of administering the compound of Formula I, II, III, PV, or V,, or pharmaceutical composition comprising same, to the mammal for treatment thereof, as described herein.
  • the invention relates to the manufacture of a medicament comprising a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a medicament for the treatment of a tyrosine kinase-mediated disease, the method comprising combining a compound according to any one of the above embodiments with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a medicament for the treatment of inflammation, the method comprising combining a compound according to any one of the above embodiments with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a medicament for the inhibition of T cell activation and proliferation, the method comprising combining a compound according to any one of the above embodiments with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, or osteoarthritis in a mammal comprising a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a medicament for the treatment of organ transplant, acute transplant or heterograft or homograft rejection, or transplantation tolerance induction in a mammal, the method comprising combining a compound according to any one of the above embodiments with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a medicament for the treatment of ischemic or reperfusion injury, myocardial infarction, or stroke in a mammal, the method comprising combining a compound according to any one of the above embodiments with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a medicament for the treatment of multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, including ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, lupus, contact hypersensitivity, delayed-type hypersensitivity, and gluten-sensitive enteropathy, type 1 diabetes, psoriasis, contact dermatitis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Sjogren's syndrome, autoimmune hyperthyroidism, Addison's disease, autoimmune polyglandular disease, autoimmune alopecia, pernicious anemia, vitiligo, autoimmune hypopituatarism, Guillain-Barre syndrome, glomerulonephritis, serum sickness, uticaria, allergic diseases, asthma, hayfever, allergic rhinitis, scleracielma, mycosis fungoides, dermatomyositis, alopecia areata, chronic actinic dermatitis, eczema, Behcet's disease,
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a medicament for the treatment of colon carcinoma or thymoma in a mammal, the method comprising combining a compound according to any one of the above embodiments with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of making a compound as described herein, comprising the step of reacting a 2-chloro-furanopyrimidine compound (A) having the structure
  • BSA Bovine Serum Albumin
  • DMSO Dimethylsulfoxide dppf: 1 , 1 ' (diphenylphosphino)ferrocene
  • FCS Fetal Calf Serum g: Gram(s) h: Hour(s)
  • HBTU O-Benzotriazol- 1 -y 1- ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ ' ,N ' -tetramethy luronium hexafluorophosphate
  • IC 50 value The concentration of an inhibitor that causes a 50 % reduction in a measured activity.
  • LiHMDS Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
  • NBS N-Bromo succinimide
  • Ni-NTA Nickel-nitriloacetic acid
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone rt: Room temperature
  • references to a certain element such as hydrogen or H is meant to include all isotopes of that element.
  • an R group is defined to include hydrogen or H, it also includes deuterium and tritium.
  • Compounds comprising radioisotopes such as tritium, C 1 , P 32 and S 35 are thus within the scope of the invention. Procedures for inserting such labels into the compounds of the invention will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art based on the disclosure herein.
  • substituted refers to a group, such as those defined below, in which one or more bonds to a hydrogen atom contained therein are replaced by a bond to non-hydrogen or non-carbon atoms such as, but not limited to, a halogen atom such as F, Cl, Br, and I; an oxygen atom in groups such as hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, and ester groups; a sulfur atom in groups such as thiol groups, alkyl and aryl sulfide groups, sulfoxide groups, sulfone groups, and sulfonyl groups such as sulfonyl halides and sulfonomides; a nitrogen atom in groups such as amines, amides, alkylamines, dialkylamines, arylamines, alkylarylamines, diarylamines, N-oxides, ureas, imines, imides
  • Substituted alkyl groups and also substituted cycloalkyl groups and others also include groups in which one or more bonds to a carbon(s) or hydrogen(s) atom is replaced by a bond to a heteroatom such as oxygen in carboxylic acid, ester and carbamate groups; and nitrogen in groups such as imines, oximes, hydrazones, and nitriles.
  • Substituents including alkyl and ring groups, may be either monovalent or polyvalent depending on the context of their usage. For example, if description contained the group R'-R ⁇ R 3 and R 2 was defined as C ⁇ alkyl, then the R 2 alkyl would be considered polyvalent because it must be bonded to at least R 1 and R 3 . Alternatively, if R 1 was defined as Ci. 6 alkyl, then the R 1 alkyl would be monovalent (excepting any further substitution language).
  • unsubstituted as used herein with reference to a group, means that the group does not have one or more bonds to a hydrogen or carbon atom contained therein replaced by a bond to non-hydrogen or non-carbon atom, as described above.
  • alkyl as used herein either alone or within other terms such as “haloalkyl”, “alkylamino” and “cycloalkyl”, refers to linear, branched or cyclic radicals having one to about twelve carbon atoms. "Cycloalkyl” is also used exclusively herein to refer specifically to fully or partially saturated cyclic alkyl radicals.
  • alkyl radicals include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-b ⁇ tyl, pentyl, isoamyl, hexyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like.
  • C a - b alkyl refers to an alkyl group comprising from a to b carbon atoms in a branched, cyclical or linear relationship or any combination of the three.
  • the alkyl groups described in this section may also contain double or triple bonds.
  • Examples of Cj-galkyl include, but are not limited to the following:
  • aralkyl refers to linear or branched aryl-containing radicals each having alkyl portions of one to about ten carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include benzyl, 2-phenyl-propane, and the like.
  • Halogen and "halo” as used herein, refers to a halogen atoms selected from F, Cl, Br and I.
  • haloalkyl refers to radicals wherein any one or more of the alkyl carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above. Specifically embraced are monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl radicals including perhaloalkyl.
  • a monohaloalkyl radical for one example, may have either an iodo, bromo, chloro or fluoro atom within the radical.
  • Dihalo and polyhaloalkyl radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals.
  • haloalkyl radicals include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, difluoroethyl, difluoropropyl, dichloroethyl and dichloropropyl.
  • Perfluoroalkyl means alkyl radicals having all hydrogen atoms replaced with fluoro atoms. Examples include trifluoromethyl and pentafluoroethyl.
  • C a . b haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group, as described above, wherein any number— at least one—of the hydrogen atoms attached to the alkyl chain are replaced by F, Cl, Br or I.
  • haloalkyl includes, without limitation, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl and the like.
  • heteroalkyl refers to an alkyl having one or more of the carbon atoms replaced by a heteroatom, selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • a heteroalkyl would include an ether or a thioether chain, or an alkoxide moiety, wherein the heteroatom is in the linear region of the moeity.
  • the term also includes moieties where the heteroatom is in a branched region.
  • the term includes 2-amino-n- hexane or 5-hydroxy-pentane.
  • hydroxyalkyl refers to linear or branched alkyl radicals having one to about ten carbon atoms any one of which may be substituted with one or more hydroxyl radicals. Examples of such radicals include hydroxymethyl, hydroxy ethyl, hydroxypropyl, hydroxyburyl and hydroxyhexyl.
  • alkoxy refers to linear or branched oxy-containing radicals each having alkyl portions of one to about ten carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy and tert-butoxy. Alkoxy radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide
  • haloalkoxy radicals examples include fluoromethoxy, chloromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, fluoroethoxy and fluoropropoxy.
  • sulfonyl refers respectively to divalent radicals -SO 2 -.
  • aryl refers to a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one, two or three rings wherein such rings may be attached together in a fused manner.
  • aryl includes, without limitation, aromatic radicals such as phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, and indanyl.
  • the "aryl” group may have 1 to 3 substituents such as alkyl, hydroxyl, halo, haloalkyl, nitro, cyano, alkoxy and alkylamino.
  • Aryl also includes the moiety wherein the aromatic carbocycle is fused with a
  • C 3 .6cycloalkyl bridge wherein the bridge optionally includes 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S.
  • the bridge optionally includes 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S.
  • phenyl substituted with -0-CH 2 -O- forms the aryl benzodioxolyl substituent.
  • heterocyclic refers to saturated, partially saturated and unsaturated (aromatic) heteroatom-containing ring radicals, where the heteroatoms may be selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. Accordingly “heterocyclic” includes both
  • heterocycloalkyl and “heteroaryl” radicles.
  • heterocycloalkyl refers to saturated and partially saturated (or partially unsaturated) heteroatom-containing ring radicals, where the heteroatoms may be selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. It does not include rings containing -O-O-,-O-S- or -S-S- portions.
  • Said "heterocycloalkyl” group may have 1 to 3 substituents such as hydroxyl, Boc, halo, haloalkyl, cyano, lower alkyl, oxo, alkoxy, amino and alkylamino.
  • saturated heterocycloalkyl radicals include saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic groups containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms [e.g. pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, piperazinyl]; saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g. morpholinyl]; saturated 3 to 6- membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g., thiazolidinyl].
  • nitrogen atoms e.g. pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, piperazinyl
  • saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms e.g. morpholinyl
  • heteroaryl refers fully to unsaturated heteroatom- containing ring radicals, where the heteroatoms may be selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen.
  • heteroaryl radicals include unsaturated 5 to 6 membered heteromonocyclyl group containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms, for example, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazolyl [e.g., 4H-l,2,4-triazolyl, lH-l,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-l,2,3-triazolyl]; unsaturated 5- to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing an oxygen atom, for example, pyranyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, etc.; unsaturated 5 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing a sulfur atom, for example, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, etc.; unsaturated 5- to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2
  • heteroaryl also embraces radicals where heterocyclic radicals are fused/condensed with aryl radicals (also referred to herein as “arylheterocycloalkyl”): unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 5 nitrogen atoms, for example, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, tetrazolopyridazinyl [e.g., tetrazolo [l,5-b]pyridazinyl]; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g.
  • Exemplary heterocyclic radicals include five to ten membered fused or unfused radicals.
  • heteroaryl radicals include quinolyl, isoquinolyl, imidazolyl, pyridyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, furyl, and pyrazinyl.
  • Other exemplary heteroaryl radicals are 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, containing one or two heteroatoms selected from sulfur, nitrogen and oxygen, selected from thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, indazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl and pyrazinyl.
  • saturated or unsaturated means a substitutent that is completely saturated, completely unsaturated, or has any degree of unsaturation in between.
  • saturated or unsaturated 6-membered ring carbocycle would include phenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl and cyclohexadienyl.
  • salt refers to a salt form of a free base compound of the present invention, as appreciated by persons of ordinary skill in the art. Salts may be prepared by conventional means, known to those skilled in the art.
  • pharmaceutically- acceptable when used in reference to a salt, refers to salt forms of a given compound, which are within governmental regulatory safety guidelines for ingestion and/or administration to a subject.
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable salts embraces salts commonly used to form alkali metal salts and to form addition salts of free acids or free bases. The nature of the salt is not critical, provided that it is pharmaceutically-acceptable.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salts of compounds of Formulae I-V may be prepared from an inorganic acid or from an organic acid.
  • inorganic acids are hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, nitric, carbonic, sulfuric and phosphoric acid.
  • organic acids may be selected from aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, arylaliphatic, heterocyclic, carboxylic and sulfonic classes of organic acids, example of which are formic, acetic, adipic, butyric, propionic, succinic, glycolic, gluconic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, glucuronic, maleic, fumaric, pyruvic, aspartic, glutamic, benzoic, anthranilic, mesylic, 4-hydroxybenzoic, phenylacetic, mandelic, embonic (pamoic), methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, ethanedisulfonic, benzenesulfonic, pantothenic, 2- hydroxyethanesulfonic, toluenesulfonic, sulfanilic, cyclohexylaminosulfonic, camphoric, camphors
  • I-V include metallic salts, such as salts made from aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc, or salts made from organic bases including primary, secondary and tertiary amines, substituted amines including cyclic amines, such as caffeine, arginine, diethylamine, N-ethyl piperidine, aistidine, glucamine, isopropylamine, lysine, morpholine,
  • the basic nitrogen-containing groups of compounds of Formulae I-V can be quaternized with such agents as lower alkyl halides including, without limitation, methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chloride, bromides and iodides; dialkyl sulfates including dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates, long chain halides such as decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides, aralkyl halides like benzyl and phenethyl bromides, and others. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products may be obtained by quaternizing such basic nitrogen groups in compounds of Formulae I-V.
  • lower alkyl halides including, without limitation, methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chloride, bromides and iodides
  • dialkyl sulfates including dimethyl, die
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable” when used with reference to a derivative is consistent in meaning with reference to a salt, and refers to a derivative that is pharmacologically safe for consumption, generally as determined by a governmental or authorized regulatory body.
  • leaving group refers to groups readily displaceable by a nucleophile, such as an amine, a thiol or an alcohol nucleophile. Such leaving groups are well known in the art. Examples of such leaving groups include, but are not limited to,
  • N-hydroxysuccinimide N-hydroxybenzotriazole, halides, triflates, tosylates and the like.
  • Protecting group refers to groups well known in the art which are used to prevent selected reactive groups, such as carboxy, amino, hydroxy, mercapto and the like, from undergoing undesired reactions, such as nucleophilic, electrophilic, oxidation, reduction and the like.
  • Protecting groups are indicated herein where appropriate. Examples of amino protecting groups include, but are not limited to, aralkyl, substituted aralkyl, cycloalkenylalkyl and substituted cycloalkenyl alkyl, allyl, substituted allyl, acyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, silyl and the like.
  • aralkyl examples include, but are not limited to, benzyl, ortho-methylbenzyl, trityl and benzhydryl, which can be optionally substituted with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, nitro, acylamino, acyl and the like, and salts, such as phosphonium and ammonium salts.
  • aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, anthracenyl, 9-(9-phenylfluorenyl), phenanthrenyl, durenyl and the like.
  • cycloalkenylalkyl or substituted cycloalkylenylalkyl radicals include, but are not limited to, cyclohexenyl methyl and the like.
  • Suitable acyl, alkoxycarbonyl and aralkoxycarbonyl groups include benzyloxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, iso-butoxycarbonyl, benzoyl, substituted benzoyl, butyryl, acetyl, tri- fluoroacetyl, tri-chloro acetyl, phthaloyl and the like.
  • a mixture of protecting groups can be used to protect the same amino group, such as a primary amino group can be protected by both an aralkyl group and an aralkoxycarbonyl group.
  • Amino protecting groups can also form a heterocyclic ring with the nitrogen to which they are attached, for example, l,2-bis(methylene)benzene, phthalimidyl, succinimidyl, maleimidyl and the like and where these heterocyclic groups can further include adjoining aryl and cycloalkyl rings.
  • the heterocyclic groups can be mono-, di- or tri-substituted, such as nitrophthalimidyl.
  • Amino groups may also be protected against undesired reactions, such as oxidation, through the formation of an addition salt, such as hydrochloride, toluenesulfonic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like.
  • an addition salt such as hydrochloride, toluenesulfonic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like.
  • Many of the amino protecting groups, including aralkyl groups for example, are also suitable for protecting carboxy, hydroxy and mercapto groups.
  • Alkyl groups are also suitable groups for protecting hydroxy and mercapto groups, such as tert-butyl.
  • Silyl protecting groups are groups containing silicon atoms which are optionally substituted by one or more alkyl, aryl and aralkyl groups.
  • Suitable silyl protecting groups include, but are not limited to, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, tri-isopropylsilyl, tert- butyldimethylsilyl, dimethy lphenylsilyl, 1 ,2-bis(dimethy lsilyl)benzene, l,2-bis(dimethylsilyl)ethane and diphenylmethylsilyl.
  • Silylation of an amino groups provide mono- or di-silylamino groups. Silylation of aminoalcohol compounds can lead to a N 5 N, O- tri-silyl derivative.
  • silyl function from a silyl ether function is readily accomplished by treatment with, for example, a metal hydroxide or ammonium fluoride reagent, either as a discrete reaction step or in situ during a reaction with the alcohol group.
  • Suitable silylating agents are, for example, trimethylsilyl chloride, tert-butyl-dimethylsilyl chloride, phenyldimethylsilyl chloride, diphenylmethyl silyl chloride or their combination products with imidazole or DMF.
  • Methods for silylation of amines and removal of silyl protecting groups are well known to those skilled in the art.
  • Methods of preparation of these amine derivatives from corresponding amino acids, amino acid amides or amino acid esters are also well known to those skilled in the art of organic chemistry including amino acid/amino acid ester or aminoalcohol chemistry.
  • Protecting groups are removed under conditions which will not affect the remaining portion of the molecule. These methods are well known in the art and include acid hydrolysis, hydrogenolysis and the like.
  • One method involves removal of a protecting group, such as removal of a benzyloxycarbonyl group by hydrogenolysis utilizing palladium on carbon in a suitable solvent system such as an alcohol, acetic acid, and the like or mixtures thereof.
  • a t-butoxycarbonyl protecting group can be removed utilizing an inorganic or organic acid, such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid, in a suitable solvent system, such as dioxane or methylene chloride.
  • the resulting amino salt can readily be neutralized to yield the free amine.
  • Carboxy protecting group such as methyl, ethyl, benzyl, tert-butyl, 4- methoxyphenylmethyl and the like, can be removed under hydrolysis and hydrogenolysis conditions well known to those skilled in the art.
  • Prodrugs of the compounds of this invention are also contemplated by this invention.
  • a "prodrug” is a compound, which when administered to the body of a subject (such as a mammal), breaks down in the subject's metabolic pathway to provide an active compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V. More specifically, a prodrug is an active or inactive "masked" compound that is modified chemically through in vivo physiological action, such as hydrolysis, metabolism and the like, into a compound of this invention following administration of the prodrug to a subject or patient.
  • prodrugs are well known by those skilled in the art.
  • a prodrug is a masked carboxylic acid group.
  • a masked carboxylate anion include a variety of esters, such as alkyl (for example, methyl, ethyl), cycloalkyl (for example, cyclohexyl), aralkyl (for example, benzyl, p-methoxybenzyl), and alkylcarbonyloxyalkyl (for example, pivaloyloxymethyl).
  • esters such as alkyl (for example, methyl, ethyl), cycloalkyl (for example, cyclohexyl), aralkyl (for example, benzyl, p-methoxybenzyl), and alkylcarbonyloxyalkyl (for example, pivaloyloxymethyl).
  • Amines have been masked as arylcarbonyloxymethyl substituted derivatives which are cleaved by esterases in vivo releasing the free drug and formaldehy
  • stereoisomers includes enantiomers, diastereomers, atropisomers and geometric isomers. Stereoisomers generally possess different chemical properties and/or biological activity, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. For example, one stereoisomer may be more active and/or may exhibit beneficial effects in comparison to other stereoisomer(s) or when separated from the other stereoisomer(s). However, it is well within the skill of the ordinary artisan to separate, and/or to selectively prepare said stereoisomers. Accordingly, “stereoisomers” of the present invention necessarily include mixtures of stereoisomers, including racemic mixtures, individual stereoisomers, and optically active forms.
  • solvate when used with reference to a compound refers to a compound, which is associated with one or more molecules of a solvent, such as an organic solvent, inorganic solvent, aqueous solvent or mixtures thereof.
  • a solvent such as an organic solvent, inorganic solvent, aqueous solvent or mixtures thereof.
  • the compounds of Formula Formulae I-V may also be solvated, especially hydrated. Hydration may occur during manufacturing of the compounds or compositions comprising the compounds, or the hydration may occur over time due to the hygroscopic nature of the compounds.
  • Compounds of the invention may exist as organic solvates as well, including DMF, ether, and alcohol solvates among others. The identification and preparation of any particular solvate is within the skill of the ordinary artisan of synthetic organic or medicinal chemistry.
  • Cytokine refers to a secreted protein that affects the functions of other cells, particularly as it relates to the modulation of interactions between cells of the immune system or cells involved in the inflammatory response.
  • cytokines include but are not limited to interleukin 1 (IL-I), such as IL-IB, interleukin 6 (IL- 6), interleukin 8 (IL-8) and TNF, such as TNF- ⁇ (tumor necrosis factor- ⁇ ).
  • treatment includes therapeutic treatment as well as prophylactic treatment (either preventing the onset of disorders altogether or delaying the onset of a preclinically evident stage of disorders in individuals).
  • terapéuticaally-effective is intended to qualify the amount of each compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V, which will achieve the goal of treatment, for example, improvement in disorder severity and the frequency of incidence over treatment of each agent by itself, while avoiding adverse side effects typically associated with alternative therapies.
  • Lck- or ACK-I -mediated disease or disease state refers to all disease states wherein Lck and/or ACK-I plays a role, either directly as Lck and/or ACK-I itself, or by Lck and/or ACK-I inducing another cytokine or disease-causing agent to be released.
  • the specification and claims contain listing of species using the language “selected from . . . and . . .” and “is . . . or . . .” (sometimes referred to as Markush groups). When this language is used in this application, unless otherwise stated it is meant to include the group as a whole, or any single members thereof, or any subgroups thereof. The use of this language is merely for shorthand purposes and is not meant in any way to limit the removal of individual elements or subgroups from the genus.
  • Compounds of Formulae I-V can be synthesized according to one or more of the following schematic procedures and specific methods wherein the substituents are as defined for Formulae I-V, above, except where further noted.
  • the procedures and methods as shown relate to preparation of compounds having unspecified stereochemistry. However, such procedures and methods are generally applicable to those compounds of a specific stereochemistry, e.g., where the stereochemistry about a group is (S) or (R).
  • the compounds having one stereochemistry e.g., (R)
  • nitrogen atoms exhibiting less than full valency are intended to bear a number of hydrogen atoms that would satisfy full valency for an amine (i.e., "-N(H)- " or "-NH 2 ").
  • oxygen atoms depicted in the structures herein and exhibiting less than full valency are to be interpreted as hydroxyl groups (i.e., "-OH").
  • Scheme 1 describes a general method for preparing R 1 and R la substituted furano- pyrimidinones, which can be converted into the corresponding furano-pyrimidines.
  • An optionally substituted 2-hydroxyethanone 1 can be reacted with an optionally substituted malanonitrile under basic conditions in the presence of a solvent to afford the amino-furan 2.
  • Compound 2 can then be reacted with acetic anhydride in formic acid to produce furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one 3.
  • desired R 1 groups such as aryl R 1 groups, and R la groups can be built into the furanopyrimidine core simultaneously.
  • the specific methods below exemplify the synthesis of one possible compound 3 which can be made by this route.
  • Step Two Over an ice water bath and into a 500 mL round bottom flask was placed acetic anhydride (100 mL), and formic acid (50 mL). The reaction was allowed to stir 20 minutes before adding 2-amino-4-phenylfuran-3-carbonitrile (step l, 10 g, 54.3 mmol), and stirred for another 20 minutes at 0 0 C. The reaction flask was allowed to reach RT, then equipped with a reflux condenser, and heated at reflux for 24 hours.
  • reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (200 mL) was added over an ice bath, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 200 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Scheme 2 describes an alternative general method for preparing R 1 and R la substituted furano-pyrimidinones 3, and chloro furanopyrimidines 9, as intermediates which can then be converted into the corresponding desired furano-pyrimidines.
  • An optionally substituted aldehyde 4, such as benzaldehyde, can be reacted with bromonitromethane under basic conditions in the presence of a suitable solvent to afford the chloro-nitro olefin 6.
  • Compound 6 can then be reacted with dihydroxypyrimidine in basic conditions to produce furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one 3.
  • Compound 3 can then be treated with an iodide source, such as N-iodosuccinimide, in a suitable solvent under heat to afford the iodo-compound 8.
  • the iodo intermediate 8 can be reacted with a chloride source, such as phosphorus oxychloride, to afford the corresponding intermediate 9.
  • desired R 1 groups such as aryl R 1 groups, and R la groups can be built into the furanopyrimidine core simultaneously.
  • Step 1 Synthesis of (2-Chloro-2-nitro-vinyl)-benzene
  • Step 2 Synthesis of 5-Phenyl-3H-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-one (10) [0153] The title compound 10 was prepared by the method of Dauzonne, D.; Adam-Launay, A. Tetrahedron 1992, 48, 3069-3080.
  • Step 3 Synthesis of 6-Iodo-5-phenyl-3H-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-one (11)
  • Compound 10 1.0 g, 4.7 mmol was dissolved in dichloroethane (50 mL) and CH 3 CN (50 mL) and NIS (1.7 g, 7.1 mmol) was added. The flask was equipped with a reflux condenser and the mixture was heated at reflux for 24 h. After cooling to RT and concentration, the crude reaction mixture was taken up in EtOAc and water. K 2 CO 3 was added to raise the pH of the aqueous phase. After removal of the organic phase, the aqueous phase was extracted several times with EtOAc. The organics were then dried over Na 2 SC ⁇ and concentrated to a brown oil. Flash chromatography (SiO 2 , gradient eluent: 25% EtOAc/Hexanes to 100% EtOAc) afforded 11.
  • Step 4 Synthesis of 4-Chloro-6-iodo-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (12) [0157]
  • Compound 11 (0.8 g, 2.35 mmol) was refluxed in phosphorous oxychloride (12 mL) for 90 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated and diluted with ice-cold water, extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with water and dried over MgS ⁇ 4 . The organic solvent upon concentration provided a pale solid, which on trituration with MeOH provided the title compound 12.
  • Compound 8 can then be reacted with a suitable chloride source, such as POCI 3 under heat to produce chloro-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidines 13.
  • Compound 14 can be reacted with a bromide source, such as N-bromosuccinimide (commonly referred to as NBS) to afford the 6-bromo substituted furano-pyrimidine intermediate 15.
  • NBS N-bromosuccinimide
  • a desired Y-substituted boronic ester 16 can be used in a Suzuki-type reaction in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst, under basic conditions to afford the desired 4-amino-5,6-disubstituted furano-pyrimidines 17.
  • the Suzuki reaction conditions may vary.
  • any of a variety of palladium catalysts may be used, and the reaction may require heat depending upon the particular Y substrate, as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
  • Y is an aromatic moiety, such as phenyl
  • the reaction may be complete in a short period of time with heat.
  • the boronic ester need not be a cyclic boronate as shown, but may be any suitable desired boronic acid having the general formula (RO) 2 B-Y.
  • desired X groups such as amino X groups
  • Y groups such as aryl Y groups
  • Step 1 Preparation of 4-chloro-5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidine (18)
  • Step 2 Preparation of N-isopropyl-5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (19) [0166] Into a 50 mL round bottom flask was placed 4-chloro-5-phenylfuro[2,3- d]pyrimidine, isopropanol (25 mL), and isopropylamine (1.5 g , 25 mmol). The flask was equipped with a magnetic stir bar, a reflux condenser, and argon balloon and the reaction was brought to reflux with stirring for 20 hours.
  • Step 4 Preparation of N-isopropyl-5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-l- yl)ethoxy)phenyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (21)
  • An optionally substituted iodo-pyrimidinone 8 can be reacted with a desired Y-substituted boronic ester 13 in a Suzuki-type reaction in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst and under basic conditions to afford 6-substituted furano-pyrimidinones 22.
  • the boronic species may be either a boronic acid or a boronic ester as desired.
  • the boronic ester need not be a cyclic boronate as shown, but may be any suitable desired boronic ester having the general formula (RO) 2 B-Y.
  • the palladium catalyst may vary, and the reaction may require heat depending upon the particular Y substrate, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. For example, where Y is an aromatic moiety, such as phenyl, the reaction may be complete in a short period of time with heat.
  • Compound 22 can then be reacted with a suitable chloride source, such as POCl 3 under heat to produce chloro-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidines 23.
  • Step 1 Synthesis of 5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethoxy)phenyl)furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (26)
  • Step 2 Synthesis of 4-chloro-5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-l- yl)ethoxy)phenyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (27)
  • Step 3 Synthesis of N-(2-(4-ethylpiperazin ⁇ l-yl)ethyl)-5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-)
  • Step 1 Synthesis of 5-phenyl-N-(2-(4-piperidinyl)ethyl)-6-(4-((2-(l - pyrrolidinyl)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (30) [0189] N-(2-(l-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)ethyl)-5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-l- yl)ethoxy)phenyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine 29 (Prepared in a manner analogous to Steps 1-3 of Example 5; 20 mg, 0.033 mmol), ammonium bicarbonate ( ⁇ 30 mg, 0.5 mmol) and 10% Pd/C ( ⁇ 5mg) were taken up in MeOH (3-5 mL).
  • Scheme 5 describes a general method for preparing 4-substituted-iodo furanopyrimidines 31 as intermediates, which can then be converted into the corresponding desired Y substituted furano-pyrimidinones 32.
  • X nucleophile
  • the 4-X substituted furanopyrimidine 31 can be reacted with a Y- substituted boronic ester 13 in a Suzuki-type reaction in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst and under basic conditions to afford 4-X-6-Y substituted furano-pyrimidinones 32.
  • the boronic ester need not be a cyclic boronate as shown, but may be any suitable desired boronic ester having the general formula (RO) 2 B-Y.
  • the palladium catalyst may vary, and the reaction may require heat depending upon the particular Y substrate, as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
  • Y is an aromatic moiety, such as phenyl
  • the reaction may be complete in a short period of time with heat, hi this fashion, desired X groups, such as amino X groups, and Y groups such as aryl Y groups, can be installed into the furanopyrimidine core.
  • desired X groups such as amino X groups
  • Y groups such as aryl Y groups
  • Step 1 Synthesis of 6-iodo-N-isopropyl-5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (34) [0195] A solution of 9 (190 mg , 0.533 mmol), isopropylamine (0.45 mL, 5.33 mmol), and DIEA (0.14 mL, 0.799 mmol) in IPA (4 mL) was heated at 80 0 C for 5h, then cooled and allowed to stand at 0 0 C over night. Filtration and washing with MeOH afforded the title compound 33.
  • Step 2 Synthesis of 4-(4-(isopropylamino)-5-phenylfuror23-d]pyrimidin-6-vi)-N,N- dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (34)
  • Step 1 Synthesis of 6-(4-((2-(methyloxy)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-(2-(l- piperaziny l)ethy l)furo [2,3 -d] pyrimidin-4-amine (36)
  • Step 1 Synthesis of 6-(3 -(methy loxy)-4-((2-( 1 -piperidinyl)ethyl)oxy)pheny l)-N-(2- (4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)ethyl)-5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (38) [0203] Compound 37 (Prepared in a manner analogous to Steps 1-2 of Example 7; 50 mg, 0.089 mmol) and NaBH(OAc) 3 (40 mg, 0.539) were combined in CH 3 CN (5.5 mL). After stirring at rt for 10 min.
  • Step 1 Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(2-(6-(4-((4-methy lpiperazin- 1 -yl)methy l)phenyl)-
  • Step 2 Synthesis of 6-(4-((4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-(2-
  • Step 1 Synthesis of 6-(4-((4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-
  • Compound 42 was prepared from Compound 10 by a method analogous to steps 1-3 of Example 3 (Method B), and converted to the title compound 43 by reductive amination in a manner analogous to the procedure described Step 2 of Example 10. Mass for C29H33N5O 2 found: 484 (M+H 4 ).
  • An optionally substituted pyrimidinone 3 can be reacted with a bromide source, such as N-bromosuccinimide (commonly referred to as NBS) to afford the 6-bromo substituted furano-pyrimidine intermediate 44.
  • a bromide source such as N-bromosuccinimide (commonly referred to as NBS)
  • a desired Y-substituted boronic ester 13 can be reacted with compound 44 in a Suzuki-type reaction in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst and under basic conditions to afford 6-substituted furano- pyrimidinones 22.
  • the boronic ester need not be a cyclic boronate as shown, but may be any suitable desired boronic ester having the general formula (RO) 2 B-Y.
  • the palladium catalyst may vary, and the reaction may require heat depending upon the particular Y substrate, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. For example, where Y is an aromatic moiety, such as phenyl, the reaction may be complete in a short period of time with heat.
  • Compound 22 can then be reacted with a suitable chloride source, such as POCl 3 under heat to produce chloro- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidines 23.
  • Heat may or may not be required to effect the transformation depending upon the particular substrates involved.
  • desired X groups such as amino X groups
  • Y groups such as aryl Y groups
  • the specific methods below exemplify the synthesis of compound 17 which can be made by this general method.
  • Step 2 Preparation of 5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-l -yl)ethoxy)phenyl)furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (46)
  • Step 3 Preparation of 4-chloro-5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin- 1 - yl)ethoxy)phenyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (47)
  • the reaction was brought to reflux with some of the solvent having been distilled into the dean-stark trap.
  • the reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature and phosphorous oxychloride (300 mg, 1.96 mmol) was added dropwise.
  • the reaction was heated at reflux for
  • Step 4 Preparation of N-cyclopropyl-5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-l- y l)ethoxy)pheny l)furo [2,3 -d] pyrimidin-4-amine (48)
  • Scheme 7 describes a general method for preparing 4-alkoxy-5,6-disubstituted furanopyrimidines 50 (R 2 is alkyl) directly from the 4-chloro-substituted furano-pyrimidine intermediate 49.
  • Compound 49 can be treated with ammonia, such as ammonium in a suitable alkoxide-based solvent, such as methanol, to afford the desired 4-alkoxy-furano-pyrimidine 50.
  • desired R 1 , R la , and Y groups such as aryl Y groups, can remain constant on the furanopyrimidine core while the 4-position can then be functionalized as desired.
  • the specific methods below exemplify the synthesis of compound 50 which can be made by this general method.
  • the palladium catalyst may vary, and the reaction may require heat depending upon the particular R 4 substitution(s), as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
  • a more conventional method involving metalation chemistry halogen-metal exchange
  • Such intermediates 55 may be utilized as desired Y substitutions when synthesizing the targeted furano-pyrimidine compounds. The specific methods below exemplify the synthesis of compound 55 which can be made by this general method.
  • Step 1 Synthesis of 2-(4-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy)-N,N-diethylethanamine (56)
  • 4-Bromo-2-fluorophenol 1.0 g, 5.24 mmol
  • 2-chloro-N,N-diethylethanamine HCL (0.90 mg, 5.24 mmol)
  • Cs 2 CO 3 8 g, 25 mmol
  • DMF 20 mL
  • H 2 O was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc, then washed with 2N NaOH and brine.
  • the organic layers were combined, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to a brown oil.
  • Step 2 Synthesis of N,N-diethyl-2-(2-fluoro-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy)ethanamine (57)
  • Compound 56 500 nig, 1.72 mmol
  • 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-l,3,2-dioxaborolane 526 mg, 2.07 mmol
  • KOAc (507 mg, 5.17 mmol)
  • Pd(dppf) 2 Cl 2 38 mg, 0.052 mmol
  • Step 1 Synthesis of l-(4-iodophenylsulfonyl)-4-methylpiperazine (58)
  • Step 2 Synthesis of l-methyl-4-(4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenylsulfonyl)piperazine (59)
  • Step 1 Preparation of (4-ethylpiperazin-l-yl)(4-iodophenyl)methanone (63)
  • Mo a 100 mL round bottom flask was placed 4-iodobenzoyl chloride (2.67 g, 0.01 mmol) and dichloromethane (25 mL). The flask was placed in an ice water bath. Then N- ethylpiperazine (2.6 mL, 0.021 mmol) was added dropwise with stirring. The reaction was allowed to stir for 10 days at room temperature.
  • Step 2 Preparation of (4-ethylpiperazin-l-yl)(4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)methanone (64)
  • furanopyrimidines may generally be prepared using an appropriately substituted 2-amino-3-cyano-furan. Reaction of the furan with formic acid and heat, e.g., at reflux, provides the 4-hydroxy furanopyrimidine. Conversion of the hydroxyl to bromine may be accomplished using a brominating agent such as PBr 3 . The resulting 4- bromofuranopyrimidine may be reacted with a suitable amine, thiol or alcohol in the presence of base to give the product furanopyrimidine compounds.
  • Exemplary bases that may be used include DIEA, other tertiary amines, sodium hydride and potassium carbonate.
  • Suitable solvents include, e.g., 1-butanol.
  • a hydroxyphenyl ketone may be reacted with an alkylating agent (e.g. R 4 -I) in the presence of a suitable base, such as potassium or cesium carbonate, and solvent (e.g., DMF) to give the O-alkylated product.
  • a suitable base such as potassium or cesium carbonate
  • solvent e.g., DMF
  • the benzylic position may be brominated with bromine in dioxane or another suitable agent.
  • the resulting product is cyclized to the furan by reaction with malonitrile and base (e.g. triethylamine) in a suitable solvent such as DMF.
  • the 2-amino-3-cyanofurans may be converted to furanopyrimidines as shown in Scheme 9.
  • the hydroxyphenyl ketone may be protected as the methyl ether until after the formation of the furanopyrimidine.
  • the methyl ether may then be deprotected with a suitable agent (e.g. BBr 3 ) and alkylated with another group, such as chloroethylamines of various types.
  • Scheme 11 shows an alternative route to furanopyrimidines of the invention.
  • Heating bromonitromethane with a benzaldehyde in the presence of KF and the hydrochloride salt of a base such as dimethylamine provides the desired chloro-nitro-vinyl compound.
  • Any suitable solvent such as xylenes and the like may be used.
  • Subsequent reaction with the dihydroxypyrimidine in the presence of base and a polar solvent e.g. ethanol
  • a suitable dehydrating reagent such as POCI 3
  • the chloride may be displaced with an R 2 amine to provide the precursor for Suzuki coupling at the 6-position as described below.
  • Furanopyrimidines of the invention may also be prepared by Suzuki coupling of aryl and heteroaryl groups with the furanopyrimidine core as shown in Scheme 12.
  • the trisubstituted furan may be heated with formamide to give the 4-amine-6-aryl- furanopyrimidine.
  • Bromination at position 5 with a suitable reagent e.g., bromine or N- bromosuccinimide
  • bisprotection of the amino group e.g., Boc 2 O, DMAP
  • the 5-iodo analog may be similarly prepared with NIS as described above.
  • Panel B of Scheme 12 shows a related route to Suzuki coupling of aryl and heteroaryl groups at position 6 (Y) of the furanopyrimidine. Formation of the furanopyrimidine and bromination as before gives the 6-bromo compound.
  • the R 2 moiety may be installed at this point, followed by the Pd(O) catalyzed cross-coupling reaction, or, as shown in Panel C, the Suzuki coupling may be carried out first followed by alkylation of the 4-amino group. It will be understood that many variations of Pd(O) catalyzed cross-coupling reactions may also be employed to provide compounds of the invention.
  • All process steps described herein can be carried out under known reaction conditions, such as under those specifically mentioned, in the absence of or usually in the presence of solvents or diluents, which can be inert to the reagents used and able to dissolve these, in the absence or presence of catalysts, condensing agents or neutralizing agents, for example ion exchangers, typically cation exchangers, for example in the H + form, depending on the type of reaction and/or reactants at reduced, normal, or elevated temperature, for example in the range from about -100 0 C to about 190 0 C, for example from about -80 0 C to about 150 0 C, or, for another example, at about -80 to about 60 0 C, at RT, at about -20 to about 40 0 C or at the boiling point of the solvent used, under atmospheric pressure or in a closed vessel, where appropriate under pressure, and/or in an inert atmosphere, for example, under argon or nitrogen.
  • solvents or diluents which can
  • Salts may be present in all starting compounds and transients, if these contain salt- forming groups. Salts may also be present during the reaction of such compounds, provided the reaction is not thereby disturbed.
  • the solvents from which those can be selected which are suitable for the reaction in question include, for example, water, esters, typically lower alkyl-lower alkanoates, e.g EtOAc, ethers, typically aliphatic ethers, e.g. Et 2 O, or cyclic ethers, e.g.
  • liquid aromatic hydrocarbons typically benzene or toluene, alcohols, typically MeOH, EtOH, IPA or 1- propanol, nitriles, typically AcCN, halogenated hydrocarbons, typically CH 2 Cl 2 , acid amides, typically DMF, bases, typically heterocyclic nitrogen bases, e.g. pyridine, carboxylic acids, typically lower alkanecarboxylic acids, e.g. HOAc, carboxylic acid anhydrides, typically lower alkane acid anhydrides, e.g.
  • acetic anhydride cyclic, linear, or branched hydrocarbons, typically cyclohexane, hexane, or isopentane, or mixtures of these solvents, e.g. aqueous solutions, unless otherwise stated in the description of the process.
  • the invention relates also to those forms of the process in which one starts from a compound obtainable at any stage as a transient species and carries out the missing steps, or breaks off the process at any stage, or forms a starting material under the reaction conditions, or uses said starting material in the form of a reactive derivative or salt, or produces a compound obtainable by means of the process according to the invention and processes the said compound in situ.
  • the compounds of Formulae I-V, including their salts, are also obtainable in the form of hydrates, or their crystals can include for example the solvent used for crystallization
  • New starting materials and/or intermediates, as well as processes for the preparation thereof, are likewise the subject of this invention.
  • such starting materials are used and reaction conditions so selected as to enable the desired compounds to be obtained.
  • Step 2 4-Bromo-5,6-diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (69)
  • Step 3 5,6-Diphenyl-4-[(S)-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-methyl]amino furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (70)
  • Step 1 BenzyI-4-methoxyphenyl ketone (74)
  • Step 2 2-Ainino -5-(4-methoxy)-phenyl-4-phenyI furan-3-carbonitriIe
  • Step 4 4-Chloro-6-(4-methoxy-phenyI)-5-phenyI-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine
  • Step 6 4- ⁇ 5-Phenyl-4-[(S)-(tetrahydro-furan-2-yImethyl)-amino]- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl ⁇ -phenol (80)
  • Step 7 ⁇ 6-[4-(2-Diraethylaraino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl ⁇ -(tetrahydro-furan-2-(S)-yI-methyl)-ainine (81) [0303] A mixture of 80 (80 mg, 0.21 mmol), Cs 2 CO 3 (0.12 g, 0.36 mmol) and N 3 N- dimethylaminoethyl chloride hydrochloride (59.4 mg, 0.41 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was heated to 8O 0 C overnight.
  • Compound 106 was prepared from 80 and Boc-aminoethylchloride by a method analogous to that for 81. Compound 106 was subjected to 20% TFA/DCM, stirred at rt for 2 h, then purified by silica gel chromatography to obtain 10. MS: 431.3 (M+l).
  • Step 1 4-(2,2-Diethoxyethyl)amino-5,6-diphenyl furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine
  • Step 2 4-[(l,3-Dithiolan-2-yl)-methyl]amino-S,6-diphenyl furo[2,3- d]pyrimidine (110)
  • Method 2 via preparation of l,3-dithiolan-2-yl-methylamine A mixture of aminoacetaldehyde diethyl acetal (5.5 mL, 0.038 mol), ethanedithiol (3.2 mL, 0.038 mol) and p-toluenesulfonic acid (7.9 g, 0.042 mol)) in 50 mL toluene was heated to reflux for 6 h.
  • Step 1 4- ⁇ 4-[([l,3]Dithiolan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-6-yl ⁇ -phenoI (119)
  • Step 2 6- ⁇ 4-[2-(N,N-dimethylamino)ethoxy] ⁇ phenyl-5-phenyl-4-[(l,3- dithiolan-2-yl)-methyl] amino furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (120)
  • a mixture of 119 (20 mg, 0.047 mmol), cesium carbonate (0.12 g, 0.36 mmol) and N,N-dimethylaminoethyl chloride hydrochloride (14 mg, 0.097 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was heated to 8O 0 C overnight. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified with silica gel chromatography, to give 120 (12 mg).
  • Example 95 Synthesis of 6- ⁇ 4-[substituted] ⁇ phenyl-5-phenyl-4-[(l,3-dithiolan- 2-yl)-methyl] amino furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine [0346]
  • the following compounds 126-135 were prepared in analogy to 110.
  • Example 96 Synthesis of [2-(2,5-Diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl)-ethyl]-(5,6- diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-amine (136)
  • Example 105 Synthesis of (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(2- thiomorpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-amine (145)
  • Example 108 Synthesis of (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(2- piperidin-l-yl-ethyl)-amine (148)
  • the title compound was prepared by the method of Dauzonne, D.; Adam-Launay, A. Tetrahedron 1992, 48, 3069-3080.
  • 4,6-Dihydroxypyrimidine 161 (3.3 g, 29.4 mmol) and 160 (5.3 g, 26.7 mmol) were combined in EtOH (absolute, 110 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 10 min to dissolve 161.
  • DBU (8.06 mL, 53.9 mmol) was then added drop-wise. After addition of DBU the deep green-brown solution was heated at reflux for 3 h then at 60 0 C over night. The deep red solution was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated to a thick red oil.
  • Step 4 4-Chloro-6-iodo-5-phenyI-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (164)
  • Step 5 4-[(S)-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-methyl]amino-6-iodo-5-phenyl- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (165) [0395] A solution of 164 (550 mg , 1.54 mmol), (S)-tetrahydrofuran-2-yl-methylamine (190 ⁇ L, 1.85 mmol), and DIEA (401 ⁇ L, 2.3 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was heated to 100 0 C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water, the precipitated solid was filtered and dried. MS: 422 (M+l).
  • Example 118 Synthesis of [6-(6-Methoxy-pyridin-3-yI)-5-phenyl-furo[2,3- d] pyrimidin-4-yI]-((5)-tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (167) [0401] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure A): LC/MS: 403 (MH + ), 1 H NMR (DMSO): 8.35 (1 H, s), 8.2 (1 H, s), 7.7 (1 H, dd), 7.55 (5 H, m), 6.8 (1 H, d), 5.1 (1 H, t), 3.8 (4H, m), 3.5 (4 H, m), 1.9-1.6 (3H, m), 1.4 (IH, m).
  • Step 4 4-(2-(S)-Tetrahydrofuranyl)methylamino-5-phenyl-6-br ⁇ )inofuro-
  • Example 122 Synthesis of 4-Di-tert-butyloxycarbonylamino-5-bromo-6- phenylfuro-[2,3-d]pyrimidine (269)
  • Example 144 Synthesis of 4- ⁇ 5-Phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-yImethyI)- amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl ⁇ -benzenesuIfonamide (187)
  • Example 150 Synthesis of N-(2-Methoxy-ethyl)-4- ⁇ 5-phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro- furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yI ⁇ -benzamide (193)
  • Example 170 Synthesis of ⁇ 5-Phenyl-6-[4-(2-piperidin-l-yI-ethoxy)-phenyl]- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl ⁇ (tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (220)
  • Step 1 (2,5-Dichloro-pentyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (221)
  • 2,5-Dichloroamylamine hydrochloride (5.0 g, 26 mmol) was stirred in MeOH (250 mL) and K 2 CO 3 (7.60 g, 55 mmol) was added, followed by di-'butyl dicarbonate (7.10 g, 32.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours before the MeOH was evaporated. The residue was partitioned between diethyl ether (200 mL) and water (100 mL) and separated.
  • Step 2 (Tetrahydro-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Step 3 C-(Tetrahydro-thiophen-2-yl)-methyIamine (223)
  • Step 4 1(R/S), 2(RIS)- (l-Oxo-tetrahydro-thiophen-2-yImethyl)- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (224); l(l? ⁇ S),2(,S'//.)-(l-Oxo-tetrahydro-thiophen-2- ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (225); and (l,l-Dioxo-tetrahydro-l ⁇ ⁇ -thiophen- 2-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (226) [0524] A solution of 2-[(N- t butoxycarbonlylamino)methyl]-tetrahydrothiophene 222 (250 mg, 1.15 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) was stirred at rt and m-CPBA (500 mg, 2.9 mmol) was added.
  • the mixture was stirred for 18 h, when TLC indicated the consumption of starting material and the presence of three new compounds.
  • the mixture was diluted with DCM (30 mL) and washed with sat. NaHCO 3 (2 x 10 mL), water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL).
  • the solution was evaporated onto SiO 2 and purified by column chromatography, eluting with 3:1 to 1:1 cyclohexane/acetone and finally acetone to afford the sulfone 226 (98 mg, 0.39 mmol, 34%), the anti sulfoxide 225 (89 mg, 0.38 mmol, 33%) and the syn sulfoxide 224 (43 mg, 0.18 mmol, 16 %).
  • Step 5A 1(R/S), 2(R/S)-C-(l-Oxo-tetrahydro-thiophen-2-yl)-methylamine (227)
  • Step 5B 1(R/S), 2(S/R)-C-(l-Oxo-tetrahydro-thiophen-2-yl)-methylamine
  • Step 5C C-(l,l-Dioxo-tetrahydro-l ⁇ 6 -thiophen-2-yl)-methylamine (229)
  • Example 172 Synthesis of (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)- (tetrahydro-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine (230)
  • Example 175 Synthesis of ⁇ 6-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl ⁇ -(l,l-dioxo-tetrahydro-l ⁇ 6 -thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine (234) [0539] Prepared by the method of 233 using (1,1 -Dioxotetrahydrothiophen-2- yl)methylammonium trifluoroacetate (229).
  • Example 187 Synthesis of ⁇ 6-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl ⁇ -(l(R/S),2(S/R) -l-oxo-tetrahydro-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine
  • Example 104 Synthesis of ⁇ 6-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl ⁇ -(l(R/S), 2(R/S)-l-oxo-tetrahydro-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine (236)
  • Method A Samples were run on an HP-1100 system with an HP Zorbax SB-C 8 (5 ⁇ ) reverse phase column (4.6 x 50mm) run at 3O 0 C with a flow rate of 0.75 mL/min.
  • the mobile phase used solvent A (H 2 OA).1% AcOH) and solvent B (CH 3 CN/0.1% AcOH) with a 10 min gradient from 10% to 90% CH 3 CN. The gradient was followed by a 1 min return to 10%
  • Method B Samples were run on an HP-1100 system with an HP Zorbax SB-C 8 (5 ⁇ ) reverse phase column (4.6 x 50mm) run at 3O 0 C with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min.
  • the mobile phase used solvent A (H 2 OA).1% AcOH) and solvent B (CH 3 CN/0.1% AcOH) with a 5 min gradient from 10% to 90% CH 3 CN. The gradient was followed by a 0.5 min return to 10% CH 3 CN and a 1.5 min flush.
  • the following assays can be employed to determine the degree of activity of a compound as a protein kinase inhibitor.
  • Compounds described herein have been tested in one or more of these assays, and have shown activity.
  • Representative compounds of the invention were tested and found to exhibit IC 50 values of at least ⁇ 10 ⁇ M in any one of the described assays, thereby demonstrating and confirming the utility of the compounds of the invention as protein kinase inhibitors and in the prophylaxis and treatment of immune diseases, hyperproliferative disorders, etc.
  • LCK-Homogeneous Time Resolved Fluorescent (HTRF) Kinase Assay begins with LCK in the presence of ATP phosphorylating the biotinylated peptide Gastrin. The reaction incubates for 90 min. To quench the assay detection reagents are added which both stop the reaction by diluting out the enzyme and chelating the metals due to the presence of EDTA. Once the detection reagents are added the assay incubates for 30 min to allow for equilibration of the detection reagents.
  • the LCK HTRF assay is comprised of 10 ⁇ L of compound in 100% DMSO, 15 ⁇ L of ATP and biotinylated Gastrin, and 15 ⁇ L of LCK KD GST (225-509) for a final volume of 40 ⁇ L.
  • the final concentration of gastrin is 1.2 ⁇ M.
  • Buffer conditions are as follows: 5OmM HEPES pH 7.5, 5OmM NaCl, 2OmM MgCl, 5mM MnCl, 2mM DTT, 0.05% BSA.
  • the assay is quenched and stopped with 160 ⁇ L of a detection reagent.
  • Detection reagents are as follows: Buffer made of 5OmM Tris, pH 7.5, 10OmM NaCl, 3mM EDTA, 0.05% BSA, 0.1% Tween20. Added to this buffer prior to reading is Steptavidin allophycocyanin (SA-APC) at a final concentration in the assay of 0.0004 mg/mL, and europilated anti-phosphotyrosine Ab (Eu-anti-PY) at a final concentration of 0.025nM.
  • SA-APC Steptavidin allophycocyanin
  • Eu-anti-PY europilated anti-phosphotyrosine Ab
  • the assay plate is read in either a Discovery or a RubyStar.
  • the eu-anti-PY is excited at 320 nm and emits at 615 nm to excite the SA-APC which in turn emits at 655 nm.
  • the ratio of SA-APC at 655 nm (excited due to close proximity to the Eu-anti-PY because of phosphorylation of the peptide) to free Eu-anti-PY at 615 nm will give substrate phosphorylation.
  • Assays for other kinases are done in a similar way as described above, varying the concentrations of enzyme, peptide substrate, and ATP added to the reaction, depending on the specific activity of the kinase and measured Km's for the substrates.
  • Exemplary compounds 3-12 and 19-104 exhibited an average IC 5O value of 25//M or less in a human HTRF assay, for the inhibition of the Lck kinase enzyme. Many of exemplary compounds exhibited activity in the human HTFR assay for the inhibition of the Lck kinase enzyme.
  • the purpose of this assay is to test the potency of T cell activation inhibitors in an in vitro model of allogeneic T cell stimulation.
  • Human peripheral blood lymphocytes hPBL; 2xlO 5 /well
  • mitomycin C-treated B lymphoblastoid cells JY cell line; lxlO 5 /well
  • JY cell line lxlO 5 /well
  • the proliferative response of the hPBL is measured by 3 H-thymidine incorporation overnight between days 5 and 6 after initiation of culture.
  • Cells are harvested onto glass fiber filters and 3 H-thymidine incorporation into DNA is analyzed by liquid scintillation counter.
  • the purpose of this assay is to test the general anti-proliferative/cytotoxic effect of compounds on the Jurkat human T cell line.
  • Jurkat cells (lxlO 5 /well) are plated in 96-well flat-bottom tissue culture plates with or without compound dilutions and cultured for 72 h at 37 0 C in 5% CO 2 .
  • Viable cell number is determined during the last 4 h of culture by adding 10 ⁇ L/well WST-I dye.
  • WST-I dye conversion relies on active mitochondrial electron transport for reduction of the tetrazolium dye. The dye conversion is read by OD at 450-600 nm.
  • T cell receptor TCR
  • CD3 T cell receptor
  • CD28 signaling pathway inhibitors T cell receptor (TCR; CD3) and CD28 signaling pathway inhibitors in human T cells.
  • T cells are purified from human peripheral blood lymphocytes (hPBL) and pre-incubated with or without compound prior to stimulation with a combination of an anti-CD3 and an anti-CD28 antibody in 96-well tissue culture plates (IxIO 5 T cells/well). Cells are cultured for -20 h at 37 0 C in 5% CO 2 , then secreted BL-2 in the supernatants is quantified by cytokine ELISA (Pierce/Endogen).
  • the cells remaining in the wells are then pulsed with 3 H ⁇ thymidine overnight to assess the T cell proliferative response.
  • Cells are harvested onto glass fiber filters and 3 H-thymidine incorporation into DNA is analyzed by liquid scintillation counter.
  • phorbol myristic acid (PMA) and calcium ionophore can be used in combination to induce IL- 2 secretion from purified T cells.
  • Potential inhibitor compounds can be tested for inhibition of this response as described above for anti-CD3 and -CD28 antibodies.
  • IC 50 values of compounds of Formulae I-V may be assessed as follows.
  • the ACKl kinase assay utilizes a protein expressed in baculovirus infected Hi-5 cells (a fusion of an N- terminal (His)6 Tag with amino acids 117 to 489 of ACKl) purified by affinity chromatography on a Ni-NTA column.
  • the substrate for the reaction is ACKl itself (autophosphorylation) and poly-Glutamic acid-Tyrosine (PGT (4:1), Sigma catalog #PO275).
  • PGT poly-Glutamic acid-Tyrosine
  • reaction buffer (10 mM Hepes, pH 7.6; 20 mM MgCl 2 ; 75 mM NaCl, 0.125% TWEEN20 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate); 1 mM DTT) with 5 ⁇ M ATP are added to each well.
  • Test compounds are added in 10 ⁇ L DMSO, and the reaction is started by addition of 10 ⁇ L kinase in assay buffer. The reaction proceeds 2 h at room temperature.
  • the ACKl cell based assay is designed to find inhibitors of ACKl kinase activity which would be prime candidates for the development of anticancer drugs.
  • the assay is based on the dependence of certain transformed cell lines (e.g. C8 cells, a Ras and ElA transformed fibroblast line) on ACKl for survival under low serum conditions, whereas other cell lines (e.g. HeLa) do not. This dependency was confirmed utilizing ACKl specific siRNAs.
  • test (C8) and control (HeLa) cell lines are seeded in 96 well tissue culture plates (BD Falcon) at a density of 2 to 4 x 10 4 in DMEM/F12 (C8) or DMEM (HeLa) with 0.125% FCS in the presence of ACKl inhibitors (final DMSO concentration is 0.5%, all tissue culture media are from Cellgro). After 20 to 24 h incubation at 37°C and 5% CO 2 , cell viability is determined using the Cytotox One kit (Promega) according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be administered by several different modes, including without limitation, oral, parental, by spray inhalation, rectal, or topical, as discussed herein.
  • parenteral includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrasternal, infusion techniques or intraperitoneal administration.
  • Treatment of diseases and disorders herein is intended to also include therapeutic administration of a compound of the invention (or a pharmaceutical salt, derivative or prodrug thereof) or a pharmaceutical composition containing said compound to a subject (i.e., an animal, for example a mammal, such as a human) believed to be in need of preventative treatment, such as, for example, pain, inflammation and the like.
  • a subject i.e., an animal, for example a mammal, such as a human
  • Treatment also encompasses administration of the compound or pharmaceutical composition to subjects not having been diagnosed as having a need thereof, i.e., prophylactic administration to the subject.
  • the subject is initially diagnosed by a licensed physician and/or authorized medical practitioner, and a regimen for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatment via administration of the compound(s) or compositions of the invention is suggested, recommended or prescribed.
  • Treating means an alleviation, in whole or in part, of symptoms associated with a disorder or disease, or halt of further progression or worsening of those symptoms, or prevention or prophylaxis of the disease or disorder.
  • an "effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” of a compound of the invention refers to an amount of the compound that alleviates, in whole or in part, symptoms associated with a disorder or disease, or halts of further progression or worsening of those symptoms, or prevents or provides prophylaxis for the disease or disorder.
  • successful treatment may include a reduction in tumor adhesion and anchorage; an alleviation of symptoms related to a cancerous growth or tumor, or proliferation of diseased tissue; a halting in the progression of a disease such as cancer or in the growth of cancerous cells.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of this invention in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Acceptable pharmaceutical carriers generally include diluents, excipients, adjuvants and the like as described herein.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the invention may comprise an effective amount of a compound of the invention or an effective dosage amount of a compound of the invention.
  • An effective dosage amount of a compound of the invention includes an amount less than, equal to, or greater than an effective amount of the compound.
  • a pharmaceutical composition in which two or more unit dosages, such as in tablets, capsules and the like, are required to administer an effective amount of the compound or alternatively, a multi-dose pharmaceutical composition, such as powders, liquids and the like, in which an effective amount of the compound may be administered by administering a portion of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may generally be prepared by mixing one or more compounds of Formulae I-V including stereoisomersor tautomers, solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, derivatives or prodrugs thereof, with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, binders, adjuvants, diluents and the like, to form a desired administrable formulation to treat or ameliorate a variety of disorders related to the activity of Lck, particularly inflammation, or related to the activity ACK-I, particularly cancer.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions can be manufactured by methods well known in the art such as conventional granulating, mixing, dissolving, encapsulating, lyophilizing, emulsifying or levigating processes, among others.
  • compositions can be in the form of, for example, granules, powders, tablets, capsules, syrup, suppositories, injections, emulsions, elixirs, suspensions or solutions.
  • the instant compositions can be formulated for various routes of administration, for example, by oral administration, by transmucosal administration, by rectal administration, or subcutaneous administration as well as intrathecal, intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, intraocular or intraventricular injection.
  • the compound or compounds of the instant invention can also be administered in a local rather than a systemic fashion, such as injection as a sustained release formulation.
  • powders, suspensions, granules, tablets, pills, capsules, gelcaps, and caplets are acceptable as solid dosage forms. These can be prepared, for example, by mixing one or more compounds of the instant invention, or stereoisomers, solvates, prodrugs, pharmaceutically acceptable salts or tautomers thereof, with at least one additive or excipient such as a starch or other additive and tableted, encapsulated or made into other desirable forms for conventional administration.
  • Suitable additives or excipients are sucrose, lactose, cellulose sugar, mannitol, maltitol, dextran, sorbitol, starch, agar, alginates, chitins, chitosans, pectins, tragacanth gum, gum arabic, gelatins, collagens, casein, albumin, synthetic or semi-synthetic polymers or glycerides, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone.
  • oral dosage forms can contain other ingredients to aid in administration, such as an inactive diluent, or lubricants such as magnesium stearate, or preservatives such as paraben or sorbic acid, or anti-oxidants such as ascorbic acid, tocopherol or cysteine, a disintegrating agent, binders, thickeners, buffers, sweeteners, flavoring agents or perfuming agents. Additionally, dyestuffs or pigments may be added for identification. Tablets and pills may be further treated with suitable coating materials known in the art.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration may be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, syrups, elixirs, suspensions, slurries and solutions, which may contain an inactive diluent, such as water.
  • Pharmaceutical formulations may be prepared as liquid suspensions or solutions using a sterile liquid, such as, but not limited to, an oil, water, an alcohol, and combinations of these.
  • Pharmaceutically suitable surfactants, suspending agents, emulsifying agents, and the like may be added for oral or parenteral administration.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations may be a spray or aerosol containing an appropriate solvent and optionally other compounds such as, but not limited to, stabilizers, antimicrobial agents, antioxidants, pH modifiers, surfactants, bioavailability modifiers and combinations of these.
  • a propellant for an aerosol formulation may include compressed air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or a hydrocarbon based low boiling solvent.
  • the compound or compounds of the instant invention are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from a nebulizer or the like.
  • Injectable dosage forms for parenteral administration generally include aqueous suspensions or oil suspensions, which may be prepared using a suitable dispersant or wetting agent and a suspending agent. Injectable forms may be in solution phase or a powder suitable for reconstitution as a solution. Both are prepared with a solvent or diluent. Acceptable solvents or vehicles include sterilized water, Ringer's solution, or an isotonic aqueous saline solution. Alternatively, sterile oils may be employed as solvents or suspending agents. Typically, the oil or fatty acid is non-volatile, including natural or synthetic oils, fatty acids, mono-, di- or tri-glycerides.
  • the formulations may optionally contain stabilizers, pH modifiers, surfactants, bioavailability modifiers and combinations of these.
  • the compounds may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection such as by bolus injection or continuous infusion.
  • a unit dosage form for injection may be in ampoules or in multi-dose containers.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations may be in the form of a suppository, an ointment, an enema, a tablet or a cream for release of compound in the intestines, sigmoid flexure and/or rectum.
  • Rectal suppositories are prepared by mixing one or more compounds of the instant invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or tautomers of the compound, with acceptable vehicles, for example, cocoa butter or polyethylene glycol, which is solid phase at room temperature but liquid phase at those temperatures suitable to release a drug inside the body, such as in the rectum.
  • acceptable vehicles for example, cocoa butter or polyethylene glycol, which is solid phase at room temperature but liquid phase at those temperatures suitable to release a drug inside the body, such as in the rectum.
  • acceptable vehicles for example, cocoa butter or polyethylene glycol, which is solid phase at room temperature but liquid phase at those temperatures suitable to release a drug inside the body, such as in the rectum.
  • Various other agents and additives may be used in
  • the formulations of the invention may be designed to be short-acting, fast-releasing, long-acting, and sustained-releasing as described below.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations may also be formulated for controlled release or for slow release.
  • the instant compositions may also comprise, for example, micelles or liposomes, or some other encapsulated form, or may be administered in an extended release form to provide a prolonged storage and/or delivery effect. Therefore, the pharmaceutical formulations may be compressed into pellets or cylinders and implanted intramuscularly or subcutaneously as depot injections or as implants such as stents. Such implants may employ known inert materials such as silicones and biodegradable polymers.
  • Specific dosages may be adjusted depending on conditions of disease, the age, body weight, general health conditions, sex, and diet of the subject, dose intervals, administration routes, excretion rate, and combinations of drugs. Any of the above dosage forms containing effective amounts are well within the bounds of routine experimentation and therefore, well within the scope of the instant invention.
  • a therapeutically effective dose may vary depending upon the route of administration and dosage form.
  • the compound or compounds of the instant invention are selected to provide a formulation that exhibits a high therapeutic index.
  • the therapeutic index is the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects which can be expressed as the ratio between LD 50 and ED 50 .
  • the LD 50 is the dose lethal to 50% of the population and the ED 50 is the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population.
  • the LD 50 and EDs 0 are determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in animal cell cultures or experimental animals.
  • the dosage regimen for treating Lck-mediated diseases and other diseases listed above with the compounds of this invention and/or compositions of this invention is based on a variety of factors, including the type of disease, the age, weight, sex, medical condition of the patient, the severity of the condition, the route of administration, and the particular compound employed. Thus, the dosage regimen may vary widely, but can be determined routinely using standard methods. Dosage levels of the order from about 0.01 mg to 30 mg per kilogram of body weight per day, for example from about 0.1 mg to 10 mg/kg, or from about 0.25 mg to 1 mg/kg are useful for all methods of use disclosed herein.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of, for example, a capsule, a tablet, a suspension, or liquid.
  • the pharmaceutical composition can be made in the form of a dosage unit containing a given amount of the active ingredient.
  • these may contain an amount of active ingredient from about 1 to 2000 mg, for example from about 1 to 500 mg, or from about 5 to 150 mg.
  • a suitable daily dose for a human or other mammal may vary widely depending on the condition of the patient and other factors, but, once again, can be determined using routine methods.
  • the active ingredient may also be administered by injection as a composition with suitable carriers including saline, dextrose, or water.
  • suitable carriers including saline, dextrose, or water.
  • the daily parenteral dosage regimen will be from about 0.1 to about 30 mg/kg of total body weight, such as from about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg, or from about 0.25 mg to 1 mg/kg.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration include liquid or semi-liquid preparations suitable for penetration through the skin (e.g., liniments, lotions, ointments, creams, or pastes) and drops suitable for administration to the eye, ear, or nose.
  • liquid or semi-liquid preparations suitable for penetration through the skin e.g., liniments, lotions, ointments, creams, or pastes
  • drops suitable for administration to the eye, ear, or nose e.g., liniments, lotions, ointments, creams, or pastes
  • a suitable topical dose of active ingredient of a compound of the invention is 0.1 mg to 150 mg administered one to four, for example one or two times daily.
  • the active ingredient may comprise from 0.001% to 10% w/w, e.g., from 1% to 2% by weight of the formulation, although it may comprise as much as 10% w/w, but typically not more than 5% w/w.
  • the concentration is from 0.1% to 1% of the formulation.
  • compositions may be subjected to conventional pharmaceutical operations such as sterilization and/or may contain conventional adjuvants, such as preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, buffers etc.
  • conventional adjuvants such as preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, buffers etc.
  • the pharmaceutically active compounds of this invention can be processed in accordance with conventional methods of pharmacy to produce medicinal agents for administration to patients, including humans and other mammals.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be administered as the sole active pharmaceutical agent, they can also be used in combination with one or more compounds of the invention or with one or more other agents.
  • the therapeutic agents can be formulated and given to the subject as a single composition or the combination of therapeutic agents can be formulated and given to the subject as separate compositions that are given at the same time or different times.
  • Treatment may also include administering the pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention in combination with other therapies.
  • the compounds and pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention may be administered before, during, or after surgical procedure and/or radiation therapy.
  • the compounds of the invention can also be administered in conjunction with other anti-proliferative agents including those used in antisense and gene therapy.
  • alkylating agents a group of highly reactive chemotherapeutics that form covalent linkages with nucleophilic centers (e.g., hydroxyl and carboxyl).
  • the alkylating agents can be divided into five groups: nitrogen mustards, ethylenimines, alkylsulfonates, triazenes, and nitrosureas.
  • the nitrogen mustards are frequently useful in, for example, the treatment of chronic lymphocytic leukemia, Hodgkin's disease, malignant lymphoma, small cell lung cancer and breast and testicular cancer.
  • Exemplary nitrogen mustards include chlorambucil, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, melphalan and uracil mustard.
  • the ethylenimines the most common of which is thiotepa, may be useful in bladder tumors and in breast and ovarian adenocarcinomas.
  • the alkyl sulfonates are useful in the treatment of chronic myelogenous leukemia and other myeloproliferative disorders.
  • Exemplary alkyl sulfonates include busulfan and piposulfan.
  • the triazines which include, e.g., dacarbazine, are useful in the treatment of malignant melanomas and sarcomas.
  • Temozolomide an analog of dacarbazine, may also be used in the methods and compositions of the present invention.
  • the nitrosureas are especially useful against brain tumors, but also are effective for, e.g., multiple myeloma, malignant melanoma, and lymphoma.
  • Exemplary nitrosureas include carmustine and lomustine.
  • Another category of antiproliferative agents suitable for use in the present invention is the antimetabolites, structural analogs of normally occurring metabolites that interfere with normal nucleic acid biosynthesis.
  • This category of agents may be subdivided into the folic acid analogs, purine analogs and pyrimidine analogs based on the function of the metabolite with which the agent interferes.
  • the most common folic acid analog is methotrexate, useful in the treatment of choriocarcinoma, leukemias, neoplasms and psoriasis.
  • the purine analogs such as mercaptopurine, thioguanine and azathioprine, may be useful in leukemias.
  • pyrimidine analogs are useful in the treatment of, for example, leukemia and carcinomas of the gastrointestinal tract, mammary gland, and bladder.
  • exemplary pyrimidine analogs include fluorouracil (5-FU), UFT (uracil and ftorafur), capecitabine, gemcitabine and cytarabine.
  • the vinca alkaloids natural product-based agents that exert their cytotoxicity by binding to tubulin, represent another category of antiproliferative agents suitable for use in the present invention.
  • the vinca alkaloids are useful in, for example, the treatment of lymphomas, leukemias, and lung, breast, testicular, bladder and head and neck cancers.
  • Exemplary agents include vinblastine, vincristine, vinorelbine and vindesine.
  • the taxanes, agents which promote microtubule assembly, and the podophyllotoxins, agents which inhibit topoisomerases represent related categories of antiproliferative agents that may be useful in the methods and compositions of the present invention.
  • Exemplary taxanes include paclitaxol and docetaxol, which are useful in breast and lung cancers, among others.
  • Exemplary podophyllotoxins include etoposide (useful in, for example, lymphoma and Hodgkin's disease), teniposide, ironotecan (useful in, for example, colon, rectal and lung cancer) and topotecan, the latter two of which act via inhibition of topoisomerase I.
  • Antineoplastic antibiotics represent another category of antiproliferative agents useful in the methods and compositions of the present invention. These agents exert their effects by binding to or complexing with DNA.
  • Exemplary agents include daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, mitoxantrone, mitomycin, dactinomycin, plicamycin, and bleomycin.
  • the antibiotics are useful in a diverse range of disorders, including Hodgkin's disease, leukemia, lymphoma, and lung cancer.
  • the methods and compositions of the present invention may comprise other antiproliferative agents, including the platinum complexes (e.g., cisplatin and carboplatin, which are especially useful in the treatment of lung, head and neck, ovarian and breast cancer); enzymes (e.g., L-asparaginase); hormone-related therapy hormone (e.g., tamoxifen, leuprolide, flutamide, megesterol acetate, diethylstilbestrol, prednisone and estradiol cypionate); hydroxyurea; methylhydrazine derivatives such as procarbazine; adrenocortical suppressants, e.g., mitotane, aminoglutethimide; aromatase inhibitors (e.g., anastrozole); and biologic response modifiers (e.g., interferon- A).
  • platinum complexes e.g., cisplatin and carboplatin, which are especially useful in the
  • compositions of the present invention may comprise antiproliferative agents that result from the combination of two or more agents including, for example, prednimustine (a conjugate of prednisone and chlorambucil) and estramustine (a conjugate of nornitrogen mustard and estradiol).
  • prednimustine a conjugate of prednisone and chlorambucil
  • estramustine a conjugate of nornitrogen mustard and estradiol
  • kinase inhibitors contemplated for use include, without limitation, tyrphostin AG490 (2-cyano-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-N-(benzyl)-2-propenamide), Iressa (ZDl 839; Astra Zeneca); Gleevec (STI-571 or imatinib mesylate; Novartis); SU5416 (Pharmacia Corp./Sugen); and Tarceva (OSI-774; Roche/Genentech/OSI Pharmaceuticals).

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to furanopyrimidine compounds having the general Formula (I) and stereoisomers, tautomers, solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and derivatives, and prodrugs thereof. The invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I), methods of treating various diseases and conditions in a mammal, including inflammation, inhibition of T cell activation, proliferation, arthritis, organ transplant, ischemic or reperfusion injury, myocardial infarction, stroke, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, lupus, hypersensitivity, type 1 diabetes, psoriasis, dermatitis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Sjogren's syndrome, autoimmune hyperthyroidism, Addison's disease, autoimmune diseases, glomerulonephritis, allergic diseases, asthma, hayfever, eczema, cancer, colon carcinoma and thymoma, comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I). The invention also relates to methods of manufacturing medicaments, which comprise one or more compounds of Formula (I).

Description

FURANOPYRIMIDINES
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED PATENT APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of priority of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/583,682, filed on June 29, 2004, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/659,947, filed on 3/8/2005.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0002] The present invention generally relates to furanopyrimidine compounds, pharmaceutical formulations containing the compounds, methods of treatment using the compounds, and methods of preparing medicaments comprising the compounds. [0003] T cells play a pivotal role in the regulation of immune responses and are important for establishing immunity to pathogens. In addition, T cells are often activated during inflammatory autoimmune diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, type I diabetes, multiple sclerosis, Sjogren's disease, myasthenia gravis, psoriasis, and lupus. T cell activation is also an important component of organ transplantation rejection, allergic reactions, and asthma.
[0004] T cells are activated by specific antigens through T cell receptors (TCR) which are expressed on the cell surface. This activation triggers a series of intracellular signaling cascades mediated by enzymes expressed within the cell (Kane, LP et al. Current Opinion in Immunol. 200, 12, 242). These cascades lead to gene regulation events that result in the production of cytokines, including interleukin-2 (IL-2). EL-2 is a critical cytokine in T cell activation, leading to proliferation and amplification of specific immune responses. [0005] Kinase enzymes have been shown to be important in the intracellular signal transduction. One class of kinase enzymes involved in signal transduction is the Src-family of protein tyrosine kinases (PTK's), which includes, for example: Lck, Fyn(B), Fyn(T), Lyn, Src, Yes, Hck, Fgr and BIk (for review see: Bolen, JB, and Brugge, JS Annu. Rev. Immunol 1997, 15, 371). Gene disruption studies suggest that inhibition of some members of the Src family of kinases would potentially lead to therapeutic benefit. Src(-/-) mice have abnormalities in bone remodeling or osteopetrosis (Soriano, P. Cell 1991, 64, 693), suggesting that inhibition of the src kinase might be useful in diseases of bone resorption, such as osteoporosis. Lck(-/-) mice have defects in T cell maturation and activation (Anderson, SJ et al. Adv. Immunol. 1994, 56, 151), suggesting that inhibition of the Lck kinase might be useful in diseases of T cell mediated inflammation. In addition, human patients have been identified with mutations effecting Lck kinase activity (Goldman, FD et al. J. Clin. Invest.1998, 102, 421). These patients suffer from a severe combined immunodeficiency disorder (SCID).
[0006] Src-family kinases are also important for signaling downstream of other immune cell receptors. Fyn, like Lck, is involved in TCR signaling in T cells (Appleby, MW et al. Cell 1992, 70, 751). Hck and Fgr are involved in Fcγ receptor signaling leading to neutrophil activation (Vicentini, L. et al. J. Immunol. 2002, 168, 6446). Lyn and Src also participate in Fcγ receptor signaling leading to release of histamine and other allergic mediators (Turner, H. and Kinet, J-P Nature 1999, 402, B24). These findings suggest that Src family kinase inhibitors may be useful in treating allergic diseases and asthma. [0007] Src kinases have also been found to be activated in tumors including sarcoma, melanoma, breast, and colon cancers suggesting that Src kinase inhibitors may be useful anti¬ cancer agents (Abram, CL and Courtneidge, SA Exp. Cell Res. 2000, 254, 1). Src kinase inhibitors have also been reported to be effective in an animal model of cerebral ischemia (R. Paul et al. Nature Medicine 2001, 7, 222), suggesting that Src kinase inhibitors may be effective at limiting brain damage following stroke.
[0008] Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States (Boring, et al., CA Cancer J. Clin., 43:7, 1993), and features uncontrolled cellular growth, which results either in local invasion of normal tissue or systemic spread (metastasis) of the abnormal growth. Cancer is caused by inherited or acquired mutations in cancer genes, which have normal cellular functions and which induce or otherwise contribute to cancer once mutated or expressed at an abnormal level. Certain well-studied tumors carry several different independently mutated genes, including activated oncogenes and inactivated tumor suppressor genes. Each of these mutations appears to be responsible for imparting some of the traits that, in aggregate, represent the full neoplastic phenotype (Land et al., Science, 222:771, 1983; Ruley, Nature, 4:602, 1983; Hunter, Cell, 64:249, 1991).
[0009] One such trait is gene amplification. Gene amplification involves a chromosomal region bearing specific genes undergoing a relative increase in DNA copy number, thereby increasing the copies of any genes that are present. In general, gene amplification results in increased levels of transcription and translation, producing higher amounts of the corresponding gene mRNA and protein. Amplification of genes causes deleterious effects, which contribute to cancer formation and proliferation (Lengauer et al. Nature, 396:643-649, 1999). Gene amplification has been established as an important genetic alteration in solid tumors (Knuutila et al., Am. J. Pathol., 152(5): 1107-23, 1998; Knuutila et al., Cancer Genet. Cytogenet, 100(l):25-30, 1998).
[0010] Another trait of tumor cells is the over-expression or differential expression of whole collections of genes. In pre-cancerous or cancerous cells, and tissues, where both amplification of a gene and over-expression of the gene product occur, then that gene and its product present both a diagnostic target as well as a therapeutic opportunity for intervention. In many cases, the amplified cancer genes encode an enzyme, such as a kinase, and the discovery and characterization of inhibitors of the enzymatic activity of this gene product will be a promising avenue that leads to novel therapeutics for cancer treatment. [0011] ACKl is a gene that is frequently amplified and over-expressed in primary human tumors (U.S. Patent Publication No. 20030175763). ACKl kinase activity is regulated in the context of cell attachment and detachment, and certain cancer cells depend on ACKl 's kinase activity for adhesion, anchorage independent growth and survival. Down regulation of ACKl kinase activity or ACKl expression levels can result in reduced tumor growth in animal models. Accordingly, Ack is a target believed to be useful in the regulation of cancer. [0012] The ACKl gene encodes an intracellular, non-receptor tyrosine kinase that binds cdc42Hs in its GTP-bound form and inhibits both the intrinsic and GTPase-activating protein (GAP)-stimulated GTPase activity of p21cdc42, a Ras-like protein involved in cell growth (Manser et al., Nature 363(6427):364-367, 1993). This binding is mediated by a unique polypeptide of 47 amino acids C-terminal to an SH3 domain. ACKl gene contains a tyrosine kinase domain and is reported to possess tyrosine kinase activity. The protein may be involved in a regulatory mechanism that sustains the GTP-bound active form of cdc42Hs and which is directly linked to a tyrosine phosphorylation signal transduction pathway. [0013] While various groups have published on inhibitors of Src family kinase or ACK-I, disclosing various chemical compounds, including 2-phenylamino-imidazo [4,5- h]isoquinolin-9-ones (Snow, RJ et al. J. Med. Chem. 2002, 45, 3394), pyrazolo [3,4- d]pyrimidines (Burchat, AF et al. Bioorganic and Med. Chem. Letters 2002, 12, 1987 and Hanke, JH et al. J. Biol. Chem. 1996, 271, 695), pyrrolo [2,3-d]pyrimidines (Altmann, E et al. Bioorganic and Med. Chem. Letters 2001, 11, 853), anilinoquinazo lines (Wang, YD et al. Bioorganic and Med. Chem. Letters 2000, 10, 2477), and imidazoquinoxalines (Chen, P. et al. Bioorganic and Med. Chem. Letters 2002, 12, 3153), none of these groups describe the compounds of the present invention, and particularly as modulators of kinase enzymes such as Lck and ACK-I5 and useful for the regulation of T-cell mediated immune response, autoimmune disease, organ transplantation, allergies, asthma, cancer and the like. [0014] PCT publication WO 03/018589 discloses various 4-(substituted amino)- furanopyrimidines useful in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases caused by ischemia such as angina, pectoris, peripheral and arterial occlusion diseases, thrombosis, vascular occlusions, myocardial infarction, and reperfusion diseases. The publication also suggests that the disclosed compounds may be useful for the treatment of acute or chronic pain and neurodegenerative diseases. However, the publication does not disclose any 4-(heterocycloalkylamino)furanopyrimidines, and it makes no mention of using 4-(substitutedamino)furanopyrimidines to treat proliferative disease.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0015] The present invention relates to compounds represented by general Formula I:
Figure imgf000005_0001
I
[0016] and stereoisomers, tautomers, solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and derivatives, and prodrugs thereof, wherein R1, R1A, X, Y and Z are defined in the Detailed Description below. The compounds of Formula I are capable of modulating protein tyrosine kinase enzymes of the Src family, such as Lck, as well as other protein kinase enzymes such as ACK-I and Jak-3. Accordingly, these compounds are useful in the treatment, including preventative, prophylactic and therapeutic treatment, of protein tyrosine kinase-associated disorders, including but not limited to, immunologic and oncologic disorders. [0017] "Protein tyrosine kinase-associated disorders" are disorders which result from aberrant tyrosine kinase activity, and/or which are alleviated by the regulation, and inhibition in particular, of one or more of these kinase enzymes. For example, Lck inhibitors are of value in the treatment of a number of such disorders (for example, the treatment of autoimmune diseases), as Lck inhibition blocks T cell activation. It is believed that the compounds of Formula I modulate T cell activation by way of inhibition of one or more of the multiple protein tyrosine kinases involved in early signal transduction steps leading to T cell activation, for example, by way of inhibition of Lck kinase.
[0018] Accordingly, in one embodiment of the invention, the compounds of Formula I are useful for the treatment of T cell mediated diseases, including inhibition of T cell activation and proliferation. In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds, which selectively block T cell activation and proliferation. Further, the compounds may block the activation of endothelial cell protein tyrosine kinase by oxidative stress thereby limiting surface expression of adhesion molecules that induce neutrophil binding, and they also can inhibit protein tyrosine kinase necessary for neutrophil activation. The compounds would be useful, therefore, in the treatment of ischemia and reperfusion injury. In another embodiment of the invention, methods for the treatment of protein tyrosine kinase-associated disorders are provided. The method comprises administering to a subject at least one compound of Formula I in an amount effective to treat the disorder.
[0019] To treat patients for such disorders and conditions, another embodiment of the invention provides a composition comprising a compound of Formula I and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Such a composition can be administered to the subject, such as a human, for the purpose of treating the disorder. Other therapeutic agents such as those described below may be employed in combination with the inventive compounds, such as in a combined composition, in the present methods. Alternatively, such other therapeutic agent(s) may be administered prior to, simultaneously with, or following the administration of the compound(s) of the present invention.
[0020] With respect to the tyrosine kinase associated disorders, the compound(s) of the present invention may be used in treating related conditions including, without limitation, arthritis (such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis or osteoarthritis); transplant (such as organ transplant, acute transplant or heterograft or homograft (such as is employed in burn treatment)) rejection; protection from ischemic or reperfusion injury such as ischemic or reperfusion injury incurred during organ transplantation, myocardial infarction, stroke or other causes; transplantation tolerance induction; multiple sclerosis; inflammatory bowel disease, including ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease; lupus (systemic lupus erythematosis); graft vs. host diseases; T -cell mediated hypersensitivity diseases, including contact hypersensitivity, delayed-type hypersensitivity, and gluten-sensitive enteropathy (Celiac disease); Type 1 diabetes; psoriasis; contact dermatitis (including that due to poison ivy); Hashimoto's thyroiditis; Sjogren's syndrome; Autoimmune Hyperthyroidism, such as Graves' Disease; Addison's disease (autoimmune disease of the adrenal glands); Autoimmune polyglandular disease (also known as autoimmune polyglandular syndrome); autoimmune alopecia; pernicious anemia; vitiligo; autoimmune hypopituatarism; Guillain-Barre syndrome; other autoimmune diseases; cancers where Lck or other Src-family kinases such as Src are activated or overexpressed, such as colon carcinoma and thymoma, or cancers where Src- family kinase activity facilitates tumor growth or survival; glomerulonephritis, serum sickness; uticaria; allergic diseases such as respiratory allergies (asthma, hayfever, allergic rhinitis) or skin allergies; scleracielma; mycosis fungoides; acute inflammatory responses (such as acute respiratory distress syndrome and ishchemia/reperfusion injury); dermatomyositis; alopecia areata; chronic actinic dermatitis; eczema; Behcet's disease; Pustulosis palmoplanteris; Pyoderma gangrenum; Sezary's syndrome; atopic dermatitis; systemic schlerosis; and morphea. The present invention also provides methods for treating the aforementioned disorders such as atopic dermatitis by administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, which is an inhibitor of protein tyrosine kinase, to a patient suffering from dermatitis and potentially in need of such treatment.
[0021] The compounds of the invention are also capable of modulating other kinase enzymes, such as ACK-I. Modulating ACK-I can be useful for treating various ACK-I- mediated poliferative diseases, such as cancer and cancer-related conditions. Accordingly, this is one route by which the compounds can be useful for treating cancer. [0022] Src-family kinases other than Lck, such as Hck and Fgr, are important in the Fcγ receptor induced respiratory burst of neutrophils as well as the Fcγ receptor responses of monocytes and macrophages. The compounds of the present invention may inhibit the Fcγ induced respiratory burst response in neutrophils, and may also inhibit the Fcγ dependent production of TNFα. The ability to inhibit Fcγ receptor dependent neutrophil, monocyte and macrophage responses would result in additional anti-inflammatory activity for the present compounds in addition to their effects on T cells. This activity would be especially of value, for example, in the treatment of inflammatory diseases, such as arthritis or inflammatory bowel disease. The present compounds may also be of value for the treatment of autoimmune glomerulonephritis and other instances of glomerulonephritis induced by deposition of immune complexes in the kidney that trigger Fcγ receptor responses and which can lead to kidney damage.
[0023] In addition, certain Src family kinases, such as Lyn and Fyn(B), may be important in the Fcε receptor induced degranulation of mast cells and basophils that plays an important role in asthma, allergic rhinitis, and other allergic disease. Fcε receptors are stimulated by IgE-antigen complexes. The compounds of the present invention may inhibit the Fcε induced degranulation responses. The ability to inhibit Fcε receptor dependent mast cell and basophil responses may result in additional anti-inflammatory activity for the present compounds beyond their effect on T cells. [0024] The combined activity of the present compounds towards monocytes, macrophages, T cells, etc. may prove to be a valuable tool in the treatment of any of the aforementioned disorders. In yet another embodiment of the invention, the compounds are useful for the treatment of the aforementioned exemplary disorders irrespective of their etiology, whether or not associated with PTK.
[0025] The foregoing merely summarizes certain aspects of the invention and is not intended, nor should it be construed, as limiting the invention in any way.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0026] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of Formula I
Figure imgf000008_0001
I
[0027] or a stereoisomer, a tautomer, a solvate, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a prodrug thereof, wherein
X is -NR2R3, -OR2 or -SR2;
Y is hydrogen, halogen, haloalkyl, CN, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-R4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-R4, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl-OR , (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-R4 or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl-R4;
Z is O or S(O)P, wherein p is 0,1 or 2;
R1 is substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Q-β alkoxy, wherein the Ci-β alkyl and Ci_6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I; Rla is H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, C1-6 alkyl, C,.6 haloalkyl or C1-6 alkoxy;
R2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (cycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted fused bicyclic (arylheterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heteroalkyl moiety has 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S;
R3 is H, CF3, or Ci-6 alkyl;
R4 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl; and provided that
(1) when X is -NR2R3, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, and Z is O, then Y is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4 or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4 wherein R4 is substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl; and
(2) the compound of formula I is not
Figure imgf000009_0001
[0028] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, X is -NR2R3.
[0029] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, X is -OR2.
[0030] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, X is or -SR2.
[0031] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, X is tetrahydro-2-furanylmethylamino, 2-(l-piperazinyl)ethylamino, 2-(4- raorpholinyl)ethylamino, pyrrolidinylethylamino, piperidinylethylamino, N-boc- piperazinylethylamino, N-ethyl-piperazinylethylamino, 1 -methyl-2-pyrrolidinylmethylamino or 1 -ethyl-2-pyrrolidinylmethylamino.
[0032] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, Y is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl- OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-R4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-R4, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-R4 or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl-R4. [0033] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, Y is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-R4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-R4, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-R4 or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl-R4.
[0034] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, Y is 3-methoxy-4-(2-(l-piperidinyl)ethoxy)phenyl, 3-fluoro-4-(2- (diethy lamino)ethoxy)pheny 1, 4-(COOH)pheny 1, 3 -fluoro-4-(2-( 1 -piperidiny l)ethoxy)pheny 1, 4-(CHO)phenyl, 4-((4-methyl-l-piperizinyl)methyl)phenyl, indolyl, 1-methyl-indolyl, 4- methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-l,4-benzoxazinyl, benzofuranyl, 4-(N5N- dimethylsulfonamidyl)phenyl, (3,4,5-trimethyloxy)phenyl, (3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxy)phenyl, 3 -fluoro-4-(2-(diethylamino)ethoxy)pheny 1, 3 -methoxy-4-(2-( 1 -piperidiny l)ethoxy)pheny 1, 3 - methoxy-4-(2-(l-pyrrolidinyl)ethoxy)phenyl, 1-benzothiopenyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, 4-(2-(l- piperidinyl)ethoxy)phenyl, 4-(2-(l -pyrrolidinyl)ethoxy)phenyl, 4-(2- (methoxy)ethyl)oxyphenyl, 4-(4-( 1 -methyl- 1 -piperiziny l)sulfonyl)phenyl, 4-(4- morpholino)phenyl, 4-(4-methy 1- 1 -piperiziny l)methylphenyl, 4-( 1 - piperidinyl)carbonylphenyl, 4-(N-methylamino)carbonyl phenyl, 4-(N,N- dimethylamino)carbonyl phenyl or 4-(N-propylamino)carbonyl phenyl. [0035] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, Z is O.
[0036] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, Z is S(O)P, wherein p is 0,1 or 2.
[0037] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted Cμ6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Q-6 alkoxy, wherein the Q-6 alkyl and Q.6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I.
[0038] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-6 alkoxy, wherein the Q-6 alkyl and Ci-6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I.
[0039] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, Rla is H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, Ci-4 alkyl or Ci4 alkoxy.
[0040] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, Rla is H.
[0041] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
(cycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
(heterocycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted fused bicyclic
(arylheterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heteroalkyl moiety has 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S.
[0042] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
(cycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted fused bicyclic
(arylheterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heteroalkyl moiety has 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S.
[0043] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)Ci-8alkyl, wherein the heterocycloalkyl is piperidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, pyran or morpholine. [0044] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, R3 is H or Ci-6 alkyl.
[0045] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, R4 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl. [0046] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, X is -NHR2;
Y is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-R4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-R4 or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
Z is O;
R1 is substituted or unsubstituted C6-ioaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted C1-6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-6 alkoxy, wherein the Ci-6 alkyl and C]-6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
Rla is H;
R2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted fused bicyclic (arylheterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heteroalkyl moiety has 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; and
R4 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl. [0047] In another embodiment, there is provided a compound defined by Formula II
Figure imgf000012_0001
[0048] or a stereoisomer, a tautomer, a solvate, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a prodrug thereof, wherein
Y is hydrogen, halogen, haloalkyl, CN, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-R4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-R4, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-R4 or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl-R4;
R1 is substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted C1^ alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Q-6 alkoxy, wherein the C1^ alkyl and Ci-6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
R2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkytyCi-galkyl; and
R4 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy 1, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl; provided that
(2) the compound of formula II is not
[0049] A further embodiment is a compound of Formula III
Figure imgf000014_0001
III or a stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof, wherein
X is -OR2, -SR2, or -NHR2;
Y is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4;
R1 is substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Q-6 alkoxy, wherein the C].6 alkyl and Ci-6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
Rla is H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy;
R2 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (cycloalkyl)heteroalkyl substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted fused bicyclic (arylheterocycloakyl)alkyl, wherein the heteroalkyl moiety has 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; and
R4 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl; substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl.
[0050] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, Rla is H. [0051] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heterocycloalkyl group of the (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl is a saturated ring. [0052] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, X is NHR2.
[0053] In still another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (arylheterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heterocycloalkyl group of the (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl and the arylheterocycloalkyl group of the (arylheterocycloalkyl)alkyl is tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxalanyl, dithiolanyl, dioxanyl, oxathiolanyl, oxetanyl, oxazolidinyl, dithianyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, hexahydropyranyl, hexahydrothiopyranyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,3-dihydro-isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro- benzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-lH-isoindolyl, 2,3-dihydro-lH-indolyl, benzo[l,3]dithiolyl, 1,3- dihydro-benzo[c]thiophenyl, or 2,3-dihydro-benzo[b]thiophenyl. [0054] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted C1^ alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Cj-6 alkoxy, wherein the C1-6 alkyl and C1^ alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I. [0055] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, Y is unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted bicyclic heteroaryl, or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4. [0056] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, Y is unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4. [0057] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, Y is unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or (unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4. [0058] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, R4 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl, wherein the heterocycloalkyl moiety or heteroaryl moiety is selected from substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyl, substituted or unsubstituted piperidinyl, substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiomorpholinyl, substituted or unsubstituted imidazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted hexahydropyranyl, substituted or unsubstituted oxazolidinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl. [0059] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, R4 is C1-6 alkyl or Ci-6 heteroalkyl, each independently substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2, oxo, NH2, NR5R6, C(O)NR5R6, COOR7, OH, OR7, or S(O)qR7, wherein R5 and R7 are independently unsubstituted Ci-6 alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, or (heteroaryl)alkyl; R6 is H or unsubstituted Ci-6 alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, or (heteroaryl)alkyl; or R5 and R6 together with the N to which they are attached form an unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heterocycloalkyl; and q is O, 1, or 2. [0060] A further embodiment provides a compound according to formula IV
Figure imgf000016_0001
IV or a stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof, wherein R2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)methyl, the heterocycloalkyl ring of the (heterocycloalkyl)methyl being a 5- or 6-member saturated ring including at least one member selected from sulfur, oxygen, sulfϊnyl, or sulfonyl. R1 is substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-6 alkoxy, wherein the Ci-6 alkyl and Ci-6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I.
[0061] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, Y is phenyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR , or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4. [0062] Still another embodiment provides a compound of formula V
Figure imgf000017_0001
or a stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof, wherein
Y is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4;
R is H, F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted C1-6 alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted C]-6 alkoxy, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
R2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)methyl, the heterocycloalkyl ring of the (heterocycloalkyl)methyl being a 5- or 6-member saturated ring including at least one member selected from sulfur, oxygen, sulfinyl, or sulfonyl; and
R4 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl; substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl; or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
[0063] In another embodiment, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments, Y is unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted phenyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4.
[0064] In yet another embodiment, there are provided the compounds of Examples 3-12 and 19-104 disclosed herein.
[0065] The compounds of Formulae I-V, and stereoisomers, solvates, tautomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and derivatives, and prodrugs of these compounds are useful for treating subjects, such as humans, with various conditions and/or disease states, as previously described. To this end, and in another embodiment, the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of the compounds of Formula I, II, III,
IV, or V, which includes compounds according to any of the various embodiments above, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
[0066] The compounds of Formulae I-V, or pharmaceutical composition comprising such compound(s), may be administered in an effective amount to the subject to modulate one or more targets in the subject thereby treating the target-mediated disease or condition.
Accordingly, another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of treating inflammation in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
[0067] Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of inhibiting T cell activation in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
[0068] Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of treating arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, or osteoarthritis in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
[0069] Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of treating organ transplant, acute transplant or heterograft or homograft rejection, or transplantation tolerance induction in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
[0070] Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of treating ischemic or reperfusion injury, myocardial infarction, or stroke in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
[0071] Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of treating multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, including ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, lupus, contact hypersensitivity, delayed-type hypersensitivity, and gluten-sensitive enteropathy, type
1 diabetes, psoriasis, contact dermatitis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Sjogren's syndrome, autoimmune hyperthyroidism, Addison's disease, autoimmune polyglandular disease, autoimmune alopecia, pernicious anemia, vitiligo, autoimmune hypopituatarism, Guillain-
Barre syndrome, glomerulonephritis, serum sickness, uticaria, allergic diseases, asthma, hayfever, allergic rhinitis, scleracielma, mycosis fungoides, dermatomyositis, alopecia areata, chronic actinic dermatitis, eczema, Behcet's disease, Pustulosis palmoplanteris, Pyoderma gangrenum, Sezary's syndrome, atopic dermatitis, systemic schlerosis, morphea or atopic dermatitis in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
[0072] Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of treating colon carcinoma or thymoma in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
[0073] Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of treating a proliferative disease in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
[0074] Another embodiment of the invention relates to the method of treating a proliferative disease in a mammal, the method further comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a second antiproliferative agent with the compound, which was administered to the mammal.
[0075] In another embodiment, the proliferative disease is cancer.
[0076] hi another embodiment, the proliferative disease is breast cancer, lung cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, psoriasis, prostatic hyperplasia, or a benign tumor.
[0077] Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method for treating a tyrosine kinase-mediated disorder in a mammal, comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
[0078] In another embodiment, the tyrosine kinase is Lck or ACK-I.
[0079] Various other embodiments of the invention relate to the manufacture of a medicament for the purposes of administering the compound of Formula I, II, III, PV, or V,, or pharmaceutical composition comprising same, to the mammal for treatment thereof, as described herein.
[0080] For example, and in another embodiment, the invention relates to the manufacture of a medicament comprising a compound according to any one of the above embodiments. [0081] Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a medicament for the treatment of a tyrosine kinase-mediated disease, the method comprising combining a compound according to any one of the above embodiments with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
[0082] Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a medicament for the treatment of inflammation, the method comprising combining a compound according to any one of the above embodiments with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
[0083] Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a medicament for the inhibition of T cell activation and proliferation, the method comprising combining a compound according to any one of the above embodiments with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
[0084] Another embodiment of the invention relates to the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, or osteoarthritis in a mammal comprising a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound according to any one of the above embodiments.
[0085] Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a medicament for the treatment of organ transplant, acute transplant or heterograft or homograft rejection, or transplantation tolerance induction in a mammal, the method comprising combining a compound according to any one of the above embodiments with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
[0086] Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a medicament for the treatment of ischemic or reperfusion injury, myocardial infarction, or stroke in a mammal, the method comprising combining a compound according to any one of the above embodiments with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament. [0087] Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a medicament for the treatment of multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, including ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, lupus, contact hypersensitivity, delayed-type hypersensitivity, and gluten-sensitive enteropathy, type 1 diabetes, psoriasis, contact dermatitis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Sjogren's syndrome, autoimmune hyperthyroidism, Addison's disease, autoimmune polyglandular disease, autoimmune alopecia, pernicious anemia, vitiligo, autoimmune hypopituatarism, Guillain-Barre syndrome, glomerulonephritis, serum sickness, uticaria, allergic diseases, asthma, hayfever, allergic rhinitis, scleracielma, mycosis fungoides, dermatomyositis, alopecia areata, chronic actinic dermatitis, eczema, Behcet's disease, Pustulosis palmoplanteris, Pyoderma gangrenum, Sezary's syndrome, atopic dermatitis, systemic schlerosis, morphea or atopic dermatitis in a mammal, the method comprising combining a compound according to any one of the above embodiments with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
[0088] Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of manufacturing a medicament for the treatment of colon carcinoma or thymoma in a mammal, the method comprising combining a compound according to any one of the above embodiments with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
[0089] Another embodiment of the invention relates to a method of making a compound as described herein, comprising the step of reacting a 2-chloro-furanopyrimidine compound (A) having the structure
Figure imgf000021_0001
with a compound X, wherein X is NR2R3, NHR \ OR2 or SR2, to form an 2-X- furanopyrimidine (B)
Figure imgf000021_0002
QTirl reacting compound (B) with a boronate having the structure (RO)2B-Y in the presence of a palladium catalyst to form a furanopyrimidine of structure (C)
Figure imgf000021_0003
Meanings and Definitions
[0090] Unless otherwise specified, the following terms found in the specification and claims have the following meanings and/or definitions:
ACKl : Activated p21cdc42Hs associated kinase aq: Aqueous
ATP: Adenosine triphosphate 27
BSA: Bovine Serum Albumin
DBU: 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene
DCE: Dichloroethane
DCM: Dichloromethane
DIEA: Diisopropylethylamine
DMA: N, N-Dimethy lacetamide
DME: Dimethoxyethane
DMF: N,N-Dimethylfbrmamide
DMSO: Dimethylsulfoxide dppf: 1 , 1 ' (diphenylphosphino)ferrocene
DTT: Dithiothreitol
EDTA: Ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid
EtOAc: Ethyl acetate
EtOH: Ethanol
FCS: Fetal Calf Serum g: Gram(s) h: Hour(s)
HBTU: O-Benzotriazol- 1 -y 1-Ν,Ν,Ν ' ,N ' -tetramethy luronium hexafluorophosphate
Hepes: N-[2-Hydroxyethyl]piperazine-N'-[2-ethanesulfonic acid]
IC50 value: The concentration of an inhibitor that causes a 50 % reduction in a measured activity.
IPA isopropyl alcohol
Lck: Lymphocyte specific tyrosine kinase
LiHMDS: Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
MeI: Methyl iodide
MeCN: Acetonitrile
MeOH: Methanol min: Minute(s) mmol: Millimole(s)
NBS: N-Bromo succinimide
Ni-NTA: Nickel-nitriloacetic acid
NIS: N-Iodosuccinimide
NMP: N-methylpyrrolidone rt: Room temperature
TFA: Trifluoroacetic acid
THF: Tetrahydrofuran
[0091] Generally, reference to a certain element such as hydrogen or H is meant to include all isotopes of that element. For example, if an R group is defined to include hydrogen or H, it also includes deuterium and tritium. Compounds comprising radioisotopes such as tritium, C1 , P32 and S35 are thus within the scope of the invention. Procedures for inserting such labels into the compounds of the invention will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art based on the disclosure herein.
[0092] In general, "substituted" as used herein refers to a group, such as those defined below, in which one or more bonds to a hydrogen atom contained therein are replaced by a bond to non-hydrogen or non-carbon atoms such as, but not limited to, a halogen atom such as F, Cl, Br, and I; an oxygen atom in groups such as hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, and ester groups; a sulfur atom in groups such as thiol groups, alkyl and aryl sulfide groups, sulfoxide groups, sulfone groups, and sulfonyl groups such as sulfonyl halides and sulfonomides; a nitrogen atom in groups such as amines, amides, alkylamines, dialkylamines, arylamines, alkylarylamines, diarylamines, N-oxides, ureas, imines, imides, and enamines; a silicon atom in groups such as in trialkylsilyl groups, dialkylarylsilyl groups, alkyldiarylsilyl groups, and triarylsilyl groups; and other heteroatoms in various other groups. Substituted alkyl groups and also substituted cycloalkyl groups and others also include groups in which one or more bonds to a carbon(s) or hydrogen(s) atom is replaced by a bond to a heteroatom such as oxygen in carboxylic acid, ester and carbamate groups; and nitrogen in groups such as imines, oximes, hydrazones, and nitriles.
[0093] Substituents, including alkyl and ring groups, may be either monovalent or polyvalent depending on the context of their usage. For example, if description contained the group R'-R^R3 and R2 was defined as C^alkyl, then the R2 alkyl would be considered polyvalent because it must be bonded to at least R1 and R3. Alternatively, if R1 was defined as Ci.6alkyl, then the R1 alkyl would be monovalent (excepting any further substitution language).
[0094] In general, "unsubstituted" as used herein with reference to a group, means that the group does not have one or more bonds to a hydrogen or carbon atom contained therein replaced by a bond to non-hydrogen or non-carbon atom, as described above. [0095] In general, "alkyl" as used herein either alone or within other terms such as "haloalkyl", "alkylamino" and "cycloalkyl", refers to linear, branched or cyclic radicals having one to about twelve carbon atoms. "Cycloalkyl" is also used exclusively herein to refer specifically to fully or partially saturated cyclic alkyl radicals. Examples of "alkyl" radicals include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-bυtyl, pentyl, isoamyl, hexyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like. [0096] In general, "Ca-balkyl" as used herein refers to an alkyl group comprising from a to b carbon atoms in a branched, cyclical or linear relationship or any combination of the three. The alkyl groups described in this section may also contain double or triple bonds. Examples of Cj-galkyl include, but are not limited to the following:
Figure imgf000024_0001
[0097] In general, "aralkyl" as used herein refers to linear or branched aryl-containing radicals each having alkyl portions of one to about ten carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include benzyl, 2-phenyl-propane, and the like.
[0098] In general, "Halogen" and "halo" as used herein, refers to a halogen atoms selected from F, Cl, Br and I.
[0099] In general, "haloalkyl", as used herein refers to radicals wherein any one or more of the alkyl carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above. Specifically embraced are monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl radicals including perhaloalkyl. A monohaloalkyl radical, for one example, may have either an iodo, bromo, chloro or fluoro atom within the radical. Dihalo and polyhaloalkyl radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals. Examples of haloalkyl radicals include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, difluoroethyl, difluoropropyl, dichloroethyl and dichloropropyl. "Perfluoroalkyl" means alkyl radicals having all hydrogen atoms replaced with fluoro atoms. Examples include trifluoromethyl and pentafluoroethyl.
[0100] In general, "Ca.bhaloalkyl" as used herein refers to an alkyl group, as described above, wherein any number— at least one—of the hydrogen atoms attached to the alkyl chain are replaced by F, Cl, Br or I. Examples of haloalkyl includes, without limitation, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl and the like. [0101] In general, "heteroalkyl" as used herein refers to an alkyl having one or more of the carbon atoms replaced by a heteroatom, selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. For example, a heteroalkyl would include an ether or a thioether chain, or an alkoxide moiety, wherein the heteroatom is in the linear region of the moeity. The term also includes moieties where the heteroatom is in a branched region. For example, the term includes 2-amino-n- hexane or 5-hydroxy-pentane.
[0102] In general, "hydroxyalkyl" as used herein refers to linear or branched alkyl radicals having one to about ten carbon atoms any one of which may be substituted with one or more hydroxyl radicals. Examples of such radicals include hydroxymethyl, hydroxy ethyl, hydroxypropyl, hydroxyburyl and hydroxyhexyl.
[0103] In general, "alkoxy" as used herein refers to linear or branched oxy-containing radicals each having alkyl portions of one to about ten carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy and tert-butoxy. Alkoxy radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide
"haloalkoxy" radicals. Examples of lower haloalkoxy radicals having one to three carbon atoms include fluoromethoxy, chloromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, fluoroethoxy and fluoropropoxy.
[0104] In general, "sulfonyl", as used herein whether alone or linked to other terms such as alkylsulfonyl, refers respectively to divalent radicals -SO2-.
[0105] In general, "aryl", as used herein alone or in combination, refers to a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one, two or three rings wherein such rings may be attached together in a fused manner. The term "aryl" includes, without limitation, aromatic radicals such as phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, and indanyl. The "aryl" group may have 1 to 3 substituents such as alkyl, hydroxyl, halo, haloalkyl, nitro, cyano, alkoxy and alkylamino. "Aryl" also includes the moiety wherein the aromatic carbocycle is fused with a
C3.6cycloalkyl bridge, wherein the bridge optionally includes 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S. For example, phenyl substituted with -0-CH2-O- forms the aryl benzodioxolyl substituent.
[0106] In general, "heterocyclic" as used herein, refers to saturated, partially saturated and unsaturated (aromatic) heteroatom-containing ring radicals, where the heteroatoms may be selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. Accordingly "heterocyclic" includes both
"heterocycloalkyl" and "heteroaryl" radicles.
[0107] In general, "heterocycloalkyl" as used herein, refers to saturated and partially saturated (or partially unsaturated) heteroatom-containing ring radicals, where the heteroatoms may be selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. It does not include rings containing -O-O-,-O-S- or -S-S- portions. Said "heterocycloalkyl" group may have 1 to 3 substituents such as hydroxyl, Boc, halo, haloalkyl, cyano, lower alkyl, oxo, alkoxy, amino and alkylamino.
[0108] Examples of saturated heterocycloalkyl radicals include saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic groups containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms [e.g. pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, piperazinyl]; saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g. morpholinyl]; saturated 3 to 6- membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g., thiazolidinyl]. Examples of partially saturated heterocyclyl radicals include dihydrothienyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrofuryl and dihydrothiazolyl. [0109] In general, "heteroaryl" as used herein, refers fully to unsaturated heteroatom- containing ring radicals, where the heteroatoms may be selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. Examples of heteroaryl radicals, include unsaturated 5 to 6 membered heteromonocyclyl group containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms, for example, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazolyl [e.g., 4H-l,2,4-triazolyl, lH-l,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-l,2,3-triazolyl]; unsaturated 5- to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing an oxygen atom, for example, pyranyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, etc.; unsaturated 5 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing a sulfur atom, for example, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, etc.; unsaturated 5- to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, for example, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl [e.g., 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl]; unsaturated 5 to 6- membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, for example, thiazo IyI, thiadiazolyl [e.g., 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5- thiadiazolyl].
[0110] The term "heteroaryl" also embraces radicals where heterocyclic radicals are fused/condensed with aryl radicals (also referred to herein as "arylheterocycloalkyl"): unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 5 nitrogen atoms, for example, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, tetrazolopyridazinyl [e.g., tetrazolo [l,5-b]pyridazinyl]; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g. benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl]; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g., benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl]; and saturated, partially unsaturated and unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen or sulfur atoms [e.g. benzofuryl, benzothienyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[l,4]dioxinyl and dihydrobenzofuryl]. Exemplary heterocyclic radicals include five to ten membered fused or unfused radicals. Specific examples of heteroaryl radicals include quinolyl, isoquinolyl, imidazolyl, pyridyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, furyl, and pyrazinyl. Other exemplary heteroaryl radicals are 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, containing one or two heteroatoms selected from sulfur, nitrogen and oxygen, selected from thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, indazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl and pyrazinyl.
[0111] Further examples of suitable heterocycles, some of which have been described above, include, without limitation, the following:
Figure imgf000027_0001
Figure imgf000027_0002
Figure imgf000028_0001
[0112] "Saturated or unsaturated" means a substitutent that is completely saturated, completely unsaturated, or has any degree of unsaturation in between. Examples of a saturated or unsaturated 6-membered ring carbocycle would include phenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl and cyclohexadienyl.
[0113] In general, "salt" refers to a salt form of a free base compound of the present invention, as appreciated by persons of ordinary skill in the art. Salts may be prepared by conventional means, known to those skilled in the art. In general, "pharmaceutically- acceptable", when used in reference to a salt, refers to salt forms of a given compound, which are within governmental regulatory safety guidelines for ingestion and/or administration to a subject. The term "pharmaceutically-acceptable salts" embraces salts commonly used to form alkali metal salts and to form addition salts of free acids or free bases. The nature of the salt is not critical, provided that it is pharmaceutically-acceptable.
[0114] Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salts of compounds of Formulae I-V may be prepared from an inorganic acid or from an organic acid. Examples of such inorganic acids are hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, nitric, carbonic, sulfuric and phosphoric acid. Appropriate organic acids may be selected from aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, arylaliphatic, heterocyclic, carboxylic and sulfonic classes of organic acids, example of which are formic, acetic, adipic, butyric, propionic, succinic, glycolic, gluconic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, glucuronic, maleic, fumaric, pyruvic, aspartic, glutamic, benzoic, anthranilic, mesylic, 4-hydroxybenzoic, phenylacetic, mandelic, embonic (pamoic), methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, ethanedisulfonic, benzenesulfonic, pantothenic, 2- hydroxyethanesulfonic, toluenesulfonic, sulfanilic, cyclohexylaminosulfonic, camphoric, camphorsulfonic, digluconic, cyclopentanepropionic, dodecylsulfonic, glucoheptanoic, glycerophosphonic, heptanoic, hexanoic, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonic, nicotinic, 2- naphthalenesulfonic, oxalic, palmoic, pectinic, persulfuric, 2-phenylpropionic, picric, pivalic propionic, succinic, tartaric, thiocyanic, mesylic, undecanoic, stearic, algenic, β- hydroxybutyric, salicylic, galactaric and galacturonic acid.
[0115] Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable base addition salts of compounds of Formulae
I-V include metallic salts, such as salts made from aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc, or salts made from organic bases including primary, secondary and tertiary amines, substituted amines including cyclic amines, such as caffeine, arginine, diethylamine, N-ethyl piperidine, aistidine, glucamine, isopropylamine, lysine, morpholine,
N-ethyl morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, triethylamine, trimethylamine.
[0116] Additional examples of such acid and base addition salts can be found in Berge et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 66, 1 (1977). All of these salts may be prepared by conventional means from the corresponding compound of the invention by reacting, for example, the appropriate acid or base with the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V.
[0117] Also, the basic nitrogen-containing groups of compounds of Formulae I-V can be quaternized with such agents as lower alkyl halides including, without limitation, methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chloride, bromides and iodides; dialkyl sulfates including dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates, long chain halides such as decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides, aralkyl halides like benzyl and phenethyl bromides, and others. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products may be obtained by quaternizing such basic nitrogen groups in compounds of Formulae I-V.
[0118] In general, "Derivative" as used herein, refers to simple modifications, readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art, on the parent core structure of Formula I, II, III,
IV, or V, which does not significantly affect (generally decrease) the activity of the compound in-vitro as well as in vivo, in a subject. The term, "derivative" as used herein, is contemplated to include pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives of compounds of Formulae I-V.
[0119] In general, "Pharmaceutically acceptable" when used with reference to a derivative, is consistent in meaning with reference to a salt, and refers to a derivative that is pharmacologically safe for consumption, generally as determined by a governmental or authorized regulatory body.
[0120] In general, "Leaving group" as used herein, refers to groups readily displaceable by a nucleophile, such as an amine, a thiol or an alcohol nucleophile. Such leaving groups are well known in the art. Examples of such leaving groups include, but are not limited to,
N-hydroxysuccinimide, N-hydroxybenzotriazole, halides, triflates, tosylates and the like.
Exemplary leaving groups are indicated herein where appropriate. [0121] In general, "Protecting group" as used herein, refers to groups well known in the art which are used to prevent selected reactive groups, such as carboxy, amino, hydroxy, mercapto and the like, from undergoing undesired reactions, such as nucleophilic, electrophilic, oxidation, reduction and the like. Protecting groups are indicated herein where appropriate. Examples of amino protecting groups include, but are not limited to, aralkyl, substituted aralkyl, cycloalkenylalkyl and substituted cycloalkenyl alkyl, allyl, substituted allyl, acyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, silyl and the like. Examples of aralkyl include, but are not limited to, benzyl, ortho-methylbenzyl, trityl and benzhydryl, which can be optionally substituted with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, nitro, acylamino, acyl and the like, and salts, such as phosphonium and ammonium salts. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, anthracenyl, 9-(9-phenylfluorenyl), phenanthrenyl, durenyl and the like. Examples of cycloalkenylalkyl or substituted cycloalkylenylalkyl radicals, for example those having" 6- 10 carbon atoms, include, but are not limited to, cyclohexenyl methyl and the like. Suitable acyl, alkoxycarbonyl and aralkoxycarbonyl groups include benzyloxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, iso-butoxycarbonyl, benzoyl, substituted benzoyl, butyryl, acetyl, tri- fluoroacetyl, tri-chloro acetyl, phthaloyl and the like. A mixture of protecting groups can be used to protect the same amino group, such as a primary amino group can be protected by both an aralkyl group and an aralkoxycarbonyl group. Amino protecting groups can also form a heterocyclic ring with the nitrogen to which they are attached, for example, l,2-bis(methylene)benzene, phthalimidyl, succinimidyl, maleimidyl and the like and where these heterocyclic groups can further include adjoining aryl and cycloalkyl rings. In addition, the heterocyclic groups can be mono-, di- or tri-substituted, such as nitrophthalimidyl. Amino groups may also be protected against undesired reactions, such as oxidation, through the formation of an addition salt, such as hydrochloride, toluenesulfonic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like. Many of the amino protecting groups, including aralkyl groups for example, are also suitable for protecting carboxy, hydroxy and mercapto groups. Alkyl groups are also suitable groups for protecting hydroxy and mercapto groups, such as tert-butyl. [0122] Silyl protecting groups are groups containing silicon atoms which are optionally substituted by one or more alkyl, aryl and aralkyl groups. Suitable silyl protecting groups include, but are not limited to, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, tri-isopropylsilyl, tert- butyldimethylsilyl, dimethy lphenylsilyl, 1 ,2-bis(dimethy lsilyl)benzene, l,2-bis(dimethylsilyl)ethane and diphenylmethylsilyl. Silylation of an amino groups provide mono- or di-silylamino groups. Silylation of aminoalcohol compounds can lead to a N5N, O- tri-silyl derivative. Removal of the silyl function from a silyl ether function is readily accomplished by treatment with, for example, a metal hydroxide or ammonium fluoride reagent, either as a discrete reaction step or in situ during a reaction with the alcohol group. Suitable silylating agents are, for example, trimethylsilyl chloride, tert-butyl-dimethylsilyl chloride, phenyldimethylsilyl chloride, diphenylmethyl silyl chloride or their combination products with imidazole or DMF. Methods for silylation of amines and removal of silyl protecting groups are well known to those skilled in the art. Methods of preparation of these amine derivatives from corresponding amino acids, amino acid amides or amino acid esters are also well known to those skilled in the art of organic chemistry including amino acid/amino acid ester or aminoalcohol chemistry.
[0123] Protecting groups are removed under conditions which will not affect the remaining portion of the molecule. These methods are well known in the art and include acid hydrolysis, hydrogenolysis and the like. One method involves removal of a protecting group, such as removal of a benzyloxycarbonyl group by hydrogenolysis utilizing palladium on carbon in a suitable solvent system such as an alcohol, acetic acid, and the like or mixtures thereof. A t-butoxycarbonyl protecting group can be removed utilizing an inorganic or organic acid, such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid, in a suitable solvent system, such as dioxane or methylene chloride. The resulting amino salt can readily be neutralized to yield the free amine. Carboxy protecting group, such as methyl, ethyl, benzyl, tert-butyl, 4- methoxyphenylmethyl and the like, can be removed under hydrolysis and hydrogenolysis conditions well known to those skilled in the art.
[0124] It should be noted that compounds of the invention may contain groups that may exist in tautomeric forms, such as cyclic and acyclic amidine and guanidine groups, heteroatom substituted heteroaryl groups (Y1 = O, S, NR), and the like, which are illustrated in the following examples:
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000032_0001
and though one form is named, described, displayed and/or claimed herein, all the tautomeric forms are intended to be inherently included in such name, description, display and/or claim. [0125] Prodrugs of the compounds of this invention are also contemplated by this invention. A "prodrug" is a compound, which when administered to the body of a subject (such as a mammal), breaks down in the subject's metabolic pathway to provide an active compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V. More specifically, a prodrug is an active or inactive "masked" compound that is modified chemically through in vivo physiological action, such as hydrolysis, metabolism and the like, into a compound of this invention following administration of the prodrug to a subject or patient. The suitability and techniques involved in making and using prodrugs are well known by those skilled in the art. For a general discussion of prodrugs involving esters see Svensson and Tunek Drug Metabolism Reviews 165 (1988) and Bundgaard Design of Prodrugs, Elsevier (1985).
[0126] One common form of a prodrug is a masked carboxylic acid group. Examples of a masked carboxylate anion include a variety of esters, such as alkyl (for example, methyl, ethyl), cycloalkyl (for example, cyclohexyl), aralkyl (for example, benzyl, p-methoxybenzyl), and alkylcarbonyloxyalkyl (for example, pivaloyloxymethyl). Amines have been masked as arylcarbonyloxymethyl substituted derivatives which are cleaved by esterases in vivo releasing the free drug and formaldehyde (Bundgaard J. Med. Chem. 2503 (1989)). Also, drugs containing an acidic NH group, such as imidazole, imide, indole and the like, have been masked with N-acyloxymethyl groups (Bundgaard Design of Prodrugs, Elsevier (1985)). Hydroxy groups have been masked as esters and ethers. EP 039,051 (Sloan and Little, 4/11/81) discloses Mannich-base hydroxamic acid prodrugs, their preparation and use. [0127] In general, "stereoisomer" as used herein refers to a compound having one or more asymmetric centers. Chiral centers in a compound generally cause that compound to exist in many different conformations or stereoisomers. The term "stereoisomers" includes enantiomers, diastereomers, atropisomers and geometric isomers. Stereoisomers generally possess different chemical properties and/or biological activity, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. For example, one stereoisomer may be more active and/or may exhibit beneficial effects in comparison to other stereoisomer(s) or when separated from the other stereoisomer(s). However, it is well within the skill of the ordinary artisan to separate, and/or to selectively prepare said stereoisomers. Accordingly, "stereoisomers" of the present invention necessarily include mixtures of stereoisomers, including racemic mixtures, individual stereoisomers, and optically active forms.
[0128] In general, "solvate" when used with reference to a compound refers to a compound, which is associated with one or more molecules of a solvent, such as an organic solvent, inorganic solvent, aqueous solvent or mixtures thereof. The compounds of Formula Formulae I-V may also be solvated, especially hydrated. Hydration may occur during manufacturing of the compounds or compositions comprising the compounds, or the hydration may occur over time due to the hygroscopic nature of the compounds. Compounds of the invention may exist as organic solvates as well, including DMF, ether, and alcohol solvates among others. The identification and preparation of any particular solvate is within the skill of the ordinary artisan of synthetic organic or medicinal chemistry.
[0129] In general, "Cytokine" as -used herein, refers to a secreted protein that affects the functions of other cells, particularly as it relates to the modulation of interactions between cells of the immune system or cells involved in the inflammatory response. Examples of cytokines include but are not limited to interleukin 1 (IL-I), such as IL-IB, interleukin 6 (IL- 6), interleukin 8 (IL-8) and TNF, such as TNF-α (tumor necrosis factor-α). [0130] In general, "treatment" as used herein, includes therapeutic treatment as well as prophylactic treatment (either preventing the onset of disorders altogether or delaying the onset of a preclinically evident stage of disorders in individuals). [0131] In general, "therapeutically-effective" as used herein, is intended to qualify the amount of each compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, or V, which will achieve the goal of treatment, for example, improvement in disorder severity and the frequency of incidence over treatment of each agent by itself, while avoiding adverse side effects typically associated with alternative therapies.
[0132] In general, "Lck- or ACK-I -mediated disease or disease state" refers to all disease states wherein Lck and/or ACK-I plays a role, either directly as Lck and/or ACK-I itself, or by Lck and/or ACK-I inducing another cytokine or disease-causing agent to be released. [0133] The specification and claims contain listing of species using the language "selected from . . . and . . ." and "is . . . or . . ." (sometimes referred to as Markush groups). When this language is used in this application, unless otherwise stated it is meant to include the group as a whole, or any single members thereof, or any subgroups thereof. The use of this language is merely for shorthand purposes and is not meant in any way to limit the removal of individual elements or subgroups from the genus.
Synthesis
[0134] Compounds of Formulae I-V can be synthesized according to one or more of the following schematic procedures and specific methods wherein the substituents are as defined for Formulae I-V, above, except where further noted. The procedures and methods as shown relate to preparation of compounds having unspecified stereochemistry. However, such procedures and methods are generally applicable to those compounds of a specific stereochemistry, e.g., where the stereochemistry about a group is (S) or (R). In addition, the compounds having one stereochemistry (e.g., (R)) can often be utilized to produce those having opposite stereochemistry (i.e., (S)) using well-known methods, for example, by inversion.
[0135] Unless otherwise noted, nitrogen atoms exhibiting less than full valency (i.e., "-N-" or "-N") as depicted in the chemical structures herein are intended to bear a number of hydrogen atoms that would satisfy full valency for an amine (i.e., "-N(H)- " or "-NH2"). Similarly, oxygen atoms depicted in the structures herein and exhibiting less than full valency (i.e., "-O") are to be interpreted as hydroxyl groups (i.e., "-OH").
[0136] Scheme 1: General Method (Al) for Synthesis of Furano-pyrimidinones [0137]
R Bia UC R1 formic acid O R1
H0<V*1 NC CN H AC2° , HNΛγΛ
0 Base ' H 2 N-V *AA/
1 solvent 2 3 furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one
[0138] Scheme 1 describes a general method for preparing R1 and Rla substituted furano- pyrimidinones, which can be converted into the corresponding furano-pyrimidines. An optionally substituted 2-hydroxyethanone 1 can be reacted with an optionally substituted malanonitrile under basic conditions in the presence of a solvent to afford the amino-furan 2. Compound 2 can then be reacted with acetic anhydride in formic acid to produce furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one 3. In this fashion, desired R1 groups, such as aryl R1 groups, and Rla groups can be built into the furanopyrimidine core simultaneously. The specific methods below exemplify the synthesis of one possible compound 3 which can be made by this route.
[0139] Specific Method (A 1) for Scheme 1
[0140] Example 1
[0141] Step 1: Preparation of 5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one
[0142] Into a 500 mL round bottom flask was placed 2-hydroxy-l-phenylethanone (20 g,
147 mmol), and DMF (100 mL). Mixture was stirred at room temperature until a solution formed. The reaction vessel was then placed in an ice water bath. Malononitrile (10.67 g, 162 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture while stirring, followed by addition of diethylamine
(4.56 g, 62.4 mmol). The reaction was allowed to reach room temperature and stirred 20 hours.
[0143] The reaction mixture was then poured over saturated aqueous potassium carbonate
(200 mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate (3 x 150 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified on a silica-gel column eluting isocratically with ethyl acetate, to obtain 2-amino-4-phenylfuran-3-carbonitrile.
[0144] Step Two: Over an ice water bath and into a 500 mL round bottom flask was placed acetic anhydride (100 mL), and formic acid (50 mL). The reaction was allowed to stir 20 minutes before adding 2-amino-4-phenylfuran-3-carbonitrile (step l, 10 g, 54.3 mmol), and stirred for another 20 minutes at 0 0C. The reaction flask was allowed to reach RT, then equipped with a reflux condenser, and heated at reflux for 24 hours.
[0145] The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (200 mL) was added over an ice bath, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 200 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The resulting crude material was purified on a silica-gel column using a 0 to 20% methanol in dichloromethane gradient to obtain the title compound. Mass found by LC-MS(-) = 211 (M-
H+); calc. mass for Ci2H8N2O2 = 212.2
[0146] Scheme 2: Alternate General Method (A2) for Synthesis of furano[2,3-b]pyrimidin- 4(3H)-ones
Figure imgf000036_0001
iodide source
Figure imgf000036_0002
Figure imgf000036_0003
[0147] Scheme 2 describes an alternative general method for preparing R1 and Rla substituted furano-pyrimidinones 3, and chloro furanopyrimidines 9, as intermediates which can then be converted into the corresponding desired furano-pyrimidines. An optionally substituted aldehyde 4, such as benzaldehyde, can be reacted with bromonitromethane under basic conditions in the presence of a suitable solvent to afford the chloro-nitro olefin 6. Compound 6 can then be reacted with dihydroxypyrimidine in basic conditions to produce furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one 3. Compound 3 can then be treated with an iodide source, such as N-iodosuccinimide, in a suitable solvent under heat to afford the iodo-compound 8. The iodo intermediate 8 can be reacted with a chloride source, such as phosphorus oxychloride, to afford the corresponding intermediate 9. In this fashion, desired R1 groups, such as aryl R1 groups, and Rla groups can be built into the furanopyrimidine core simultaneously. The specific methods below exemplify the synthesis of compounds 3, 8 and 9 which can be made by this general method.
[0148] Specific Method (A2) for Scheme 2 [0149] Example 2
Figure imgf000036_0004
[0150] Step 1 : Synthesis of (2-Chloro-2-nitro-vinyl)-benzene
[0151] The title compound was prepared by the method of Dauzonne, D.; Demerseman, P. Synthesis 1990, 66-70. Benzaldehyde (3.59 g, 33.8 mmol), bromonitromethane (9.0 g, 64.3 mmol), dimethylamine hydrochloride (24.8 g, 304.2 mmol), potassium fluoride (spray-dried, 0.3 g, 5.08 mmol) and zra-xylenes (85 mL) were combined in a 250 mL round bottom flask. The flask was then connected to a Dean-Stark trap and a reflux condenser and the mixture was heated at reflux with azeotropic removal of water for 24 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was decanted from the excess dimethylamine hydrochloride solids, and rinsed with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane and xylenes were then combined and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude brown oil was taken up in CH2CI2 and washed with water. The dimethylamine hydrochloride solids were taken up in 1:1 CH2Cl2/water. After separation of the organic layers, the aqueous fraction was extracted three times with CH2Cl2. The combined organics were dried over MgSC>4 and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (SiO2, gradient eluent: 5% CH2Cl2/hexanes to 10% CH2Cl2/hexanes to 15% CH2Cl2/hexanes) afforded (2-Chloro-2-nitro-vinyl)-benzene. [0152] Step 2: Synthesis of 5-Phenyl-3H-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-one (10) [0153] The title compound 10 was prepared by the method of Dauzonne, D.; Adam-Launay, A. Tetrahedron 1992, 48, 3069-3080. 4,6-Dihydroxypyrimidine (3.3 g, 29.4 mmol) and (2- Chloro-2-nitro-vinyl)-benzene (5.3 g, 26.7 mmol) were combined in EtOH (absolute, 110 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60 0C for 10 min to dissolve 4,6-Dihydroxypyrimidine. DBU (8.06 mL, 53.9 mmol) was then added drop-wise to the reaction. After addition of DBU the deep green-brown solution was heated at reflux for 3 h then at 60 0C over night. The deep red solution was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated to a thick red oil. Purification by flash chromatography (SiO2, gradient eluent: CH2Cl2 to 5% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to afford crude 10 as an orange-red semisolid/oil. This material was triturated with 1.75:1 CH2Cl2/hexanes and solid 10 was isolated by Buchner filtration. Flash chromatography of the mother liquors afforded a second crop of solid 3 (>90% pure). The two crops were combined and concentrated to afford 10.
[0154] Step 3: Synthesis of 6-Iodo-5-phenyl-3H-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-one (11) [0155] Compound 10 (1.0 g, 4.7 mmol) was dissolved in dichloroethane (50 mL) and CH3CN (50 mL) and NIS (1.7 g, 7.1 mmol) was added. The flask was equipped with a reflux condenser and the mixture was heated at reflux for 24 h. After cooling to RT and concentration, the crude reaction mixture was taken up in EtOAc and water. K2CO3 was added to raise the pH of the aqueous phase. After removal of the organic phase, the aqueous phase was extracted several times with EtOAc. The organics were then dried over Na2SC^ and concentrated to a brown oil. Flash chromatography (SiO2, gradient eluent: 25% EtOAc/Hexanes to 100% EtOAc) afforded 11.
[0156] Step 4: Synthesis of 4-Chloro-6-iodo-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (12) [0157] Compound 11 (0.8 g, 2.35 mmol) was refluxed in phosphorous oxychloride (12 mL) for 90 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated and diluted with ice-cold water, extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with water and dried over MgSθ4. The organic solvent upon concentration provided a pale solid, which on trituration with MeOH provided the title compound 12.
[0158] Scheme 3: General Method(B)for Synthesis of 4-Amino-(5-aromatic-(6-aromatic))- substituted furano[2,3-b]pyrimidines
Figure imgf000038_0001
[0159] Scheme 3 describes a general method for preparing chloro furanopyrimidines 13 and the desired X (X as shown = -NR2R3) substituted furano-pyrimidines 14 as intermediates, which can then be converted into the corresponding Y substituted furano-pyrimidinones 17 via intermediate 15. Compound 8 can then be reacted with a suitable chloride source, such as POCI3 under heat to produce chloro-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidines 13. Compound 13 can then be treated with suitable nucleophile (X), such as an amine as shown (X = -NR2R3), in the presence of a base and a suitable solvent to afford the desired 4-amino-furano-pyrimidine 14. The nucleophile (X) may alternatively be an oxygen or sulfur nucleophile (X = -OR2 or -SR2), which can displace the chloride of the furano-pyrimidine in the presence of a suitable base by conventional methods, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. Heat may or may not be required to effect the transformation depending upon the particular substrates involved. Compound 14 can be reacted with a bromide source, such as N-bromosuccinimide (commonly referred to as NBS) to afford the 6-bromo substituted furano-pyrimidine intermediate 15. A desired Y-substituted boronic ester 16 can be used in a Suzuki-type reaction in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst, under basic conditions to afford the desired 4-amino-5,6-disubstituted furano-pyrimidines 17. The Suzuki reaction conditions may vary. For example, any of a variety of palladium catalysts may be used, and the reaction may require heat depending upon the particular Y substrate, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. In addition, where Y is an aromatic moiety, such as phenyl, the reaction may be complete in a short period of time with heat. Further, the boronic ester need not be a cyclic boronate as shown, but may be any suitable desired boronic acid having the general formula (RO)2B-Y. In this fashion, desired X groups, such as amino X groups, and Y groups such as aryl Y groups, can be installed into the furanopyrimidine core. The specific methods below exemplify the synthesis of compound 17 which can be made by this general method.
[0160] Specific Methods (B) for Scheme 3 [0161] Example 3
Figure imgf000039_0001
20 21
[0162] Step 1 : Preparation of 4-chloro-5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidine (18)
[0163] Into a 100 mL round bottom flask was placed 5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]benzopyrimidin-
4(3H)-one (1.12 g , 5.3 mmol) and benzene (75 mL). The flask was equipped with a stir bar, reflux condenser, and Dean-Stark trap, and the reaction was allowed to reflux with stirring for
1 hour azeotropically removing the water formed. The reaction was cooled to room temperature. Phosphorus oxychloride was added (2.43 g , 15.9 mmol) dropwise, the flask equipped with a reflux condenser and the reaction was heated at reflux for 20 hours with stirring.
[0164] The reaction was cooled to RT and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was placed in cold water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL). The organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified using a silica-gel plug in dichloromethane to afford the title compound. LC-MS(+): mass found: 231 (M+H+); calc. for Ci2H7ClN2O: 230.65 [0165] Step 2: Preparation of N-isopropyl-5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (19) [0166] Into a 50 mL round bottom flask was placed 4-chloro-5-phenylfuro[2,3- d]pyrimidine, isopropanol (25 mL), and isopropylamine (1.5 g , 25 mmol). The flask was equipped with a magnetic stir bar, a reflux condenser, and argon balloon and the reaction was brought to reflux with stirring for 20 hours.
[0167] The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The reaction mixture was reconstituted in dichloromethane (5 mL) and loaded onto a silica column eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% methanol in dichloromethane. The title compound was obtained as a reddish brown oil. LC-MS(+): Mass found 254 (M+H*); calc. for Ci5H15N3O: 253.3. [0168] Step 3: Preparation of 6-bromo-N-isopropyl-5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (20)
[0169] Into a 250 mL round bottom flask was placed N-isopropyl-5-phenylfuro[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine (1.05 g, 3.16 mmol), potassium acetate (1.22 g, 12.4 mmol), N- bromosuccinamide (0.812 g, 4.56 mmol), and DMF (70 mL). The reaction was allowed to stir for about one hour at 50 0C.
[0170] The reaction was poured over water (100 mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate (2 x 200 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude material was reconstituted in dichloromethane (5 mL) and purified on a silica column using 0 to 10 % methanol in dichloromethane as the solvent gradient. The title compound was afforded as brown viscous oil. LC-MS(+) Mass found: 333 (M+H+); calc. for Ci5Hi4BrN3O: 332.2. [0171] Step 4: Preparation of N-isopropyl-5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-l- yl)ethoxy)phenyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (21)
[0172] Into a 16 x 100 mm vial sparged with argon was placed 6-bromo-N-isopropyl-5- phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (100 mg, 0.301mmol), l-(2-(4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy)ethyl)pyrrolidine (120 mg, 0.361 mmol), palladium tetrakistriphenylphosphine (17 mg, 0.015 mmol), potassium carbonate (125 mg, 0.903 mmol), DME (4 mL), and water (1 mL). The vial was sealed and heated to 75 0C for 24 hours. [0173] The reaction was cooled to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by silica-gel chromatography using 0 to 20% methanol in dichloromethane as a solvent gradient. The title compound was obtained as an orange oil. LC-MS(+) Mass found 443 (M+H1"); calc. for C27H30N4O2: 442.57.
[01741 Example 4
Figure imgf000041_0001
[0175] Synthesis of (S)-5,6-diphenyl-N-((tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl)thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
[0176] (S)-5,6-diphenyl-N-((tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine was prepared according to General Method B and Steps 2-4 in Example 3 using commercially available 4-chloro-6-phenyl-thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine. Mass found: 388.0 (M+H4); Calculated for C23H21N3OS: 387.
[0177] Scheme 4: General Method(C) for Synthesis of 4-Amino-(5,6-disubstituted) furano [2,3 -b] pyrimidines
Figure imgf000041_0002
[0178] Scheme 4 describes a general method for preparing Y substituted furano- pyrimidinones 22 and chloro furanopyrimidines 23 as intermediates, which can then be converted into the corresponding desired X (X as shown = -NR2R3) substituted furano¬ pyrimidines 17. An optionally substituted iodo-pyrimidinone 8 can be reacted with a desired Y-substituted boronic ester 13 in a Suzuki-type reaction in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst and under basic conditions to afford 6-substituted furano-pyrimidinones 22. The boronic species may be either a boronic acid or a boronic ester as desired. The boronic ester need not be a cyclic boronate as shown, but may be any suitable desired boronic ester having the general formula (RO)2B-Y. The palladium catalyst may vary, and the reaction may require heat depending upon the particular Y substrate, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. For example, where Y is an aromatic moiety, such as phenyl, the reaction may be complete in a short period of time with heat. Compound 22 can then be reacted with a suitable chloride source, such as POCl3 under heat to produce chloro-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidines 23. Compound 23 can then be treated with a suitable nucleophile (X), such as an amine as shown (X = -NR2R3), in the presence of a base and a suitable solvent to afford the desired 4- amino-furano-pyrimidine 17. The nucleophile (X) may alternatively be an oxygen or sulfur nucleophile (X = -OR2 or -SR2), which can displace the chloride of the furano-pyrimidine in the presence of a suitable base by conventional methods, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. Heat may or may not be required to effect the transformation depending upon the particular substrates involved. In this fashion, desired X groups, such as amino X groups, and Y groups such as aryl Y groups, can be installed into the furanopyrimidine core. The specific methods below exemplify the synthesis of compound 17 which can be made by this general method.
[0179] Specific Methods (C) for Scheme 4 [0180] Example 5
Figure imgf000042_0001
[0181] Step 1 : Synthesis of 5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethoxy)phenyl)furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (26)
[0182] Compound 11 (242 mg, 0.716 mmol), l-(2-(4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy)ethyl)pyrrolidine 25 [prepared by Specific Method A2] (500 mg, 1.58 mmol), K2CO3 (247 mg, 1.79 mmol), and Pd(dppf)2Cl2 (524 mg, 0.072 mmol) were combined in a pyrex tube. After purging with N2, DMF (7.3 mL) and H2O (1.45 mL) were added and the tube was sealed. The mixture was heated at 80 0C for 5h. After cooling to RT, CH2Cl2 was added and the organic layers were washed with H2O, followed by brine. The organic layers were then dried over Na24 and concentrated to a brown oil. Flash chromatography (SiO2, gradient eluent: 0-15% MeOH in CH2Cl2), followed by trituration with EtOAc and filtration afforded compound 26.
[0183] Step 2: Synthesis of 4-chloro-5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-l- yl)ethoxy)phenyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (27)
[0184] Compound 26 (60 mg, 0.149 mmol) was refluxed in phosphorous oxychloride (2 mL) for Ih. The reaction mixture was concentrated and diluted with ice-cold water, brought to pH ~ 8 with slow addition of saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to afford 27, which was used in Step 3 without purification.
[0185] Step 3: Synthesis of N-(2-(4-ethylpiperazin~l-yl)ethyl)-5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-
1 -yl)ethoxy)phenyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (28)
[0186] A solution of 27 (60 mg , 0.143 mmol), 2-(4-ethylpiperazin-l-yl)ethanamine (57 mg,
0.362 mmol), and DIEA (0.062 mL, 0.357 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (1 mL) and CH3CN (1 mL) was heated at 70 0C over night, then concentrated. Preparative TLC (SiO2, 20% MeOH in
CH2Cl2) afforded the title compound 28. MS for C32H40N6O2: found 541 (M+H*), 539 (M-
H+).
[0187] Example 6
Figure imgf000043_0001
[0188] Step 1 : Synthesis of 5-phenyl-N-(2-(4-piperidinyl)ethyl)-6-(4-((2-(l - pyrrolidinyl)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (30) [0189] N-(2-(l-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)ethyl)-5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-l- yl)ethoxy)phenyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine 29 (Prepared in a manner analogous to Steps 1-3 of Example 5; 20 mg, 0.033 mmol), ammonium bicarbonate (~30 mg, 0.5 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (~ 5mg) were taken up in MeOH (3-5 mL). The mixture was heated at reflux for 48 h, then filtered through a pad of Celite, washing with MeOH and EtOAc and concentrated. Preparative TLC (SiO2, 15% MeOH in CH2Cl2) afforded the title compound 30. Mass for C31H37N5O2 found: 512 (M+H÷).
[0190] Scheme 5: General Method(D) for Synthesis of 4-Amino-(5,6-disubstituted) furano [2,3 -b]pyrimidines
Figure imgf000044_0001
[0191] Scheme 5 describes a general method for preparing 4-substituted-iodo furanopyrimidines 31 as intermediates, which can then be converted into the corresponding desired Y substituted furano-pyrimidinones 32. An optionally substituted 4-chloro-6-iodo- furanopyrimidine 9 can be reacted with a suitable nucleophile (X), such as an amine (X = - NR2R3), in the presence of a base and a suitable solvent to afford the desired 4-amino-furano- pyrimidine 17. The nucleophile (X) may alternatively be an oxygen or sulfur nucleophile (X = -OR2 or -SR2), which can displace the chloride of the furano-pyrimidine in the same fashion as an amine nucleophile by conventional methods, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. Heat may or may not be required to effect the transformation depending upon the particular substrates involved. The 4-X substituted furanopyrimidine 31 can be reacted with a Y- substituted boronic ester 13 in a Suzuki-type reaction in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst and under basic conditions to afford 4-X-6-Y substituted furano-pyrimidinones 32. The boronic ester need not be a cyclic boronate as shown, but may be any suitable desired boronic ester having the general formula (RO)2B-Y. The palladium catalyst may vary, and the reaction may require heat depending upon the particular Y substrate, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. For example, where Y is an aromatic moiety, such as phenyl, the reaction may be complete in a short period of time with heat, hi this fashion, desired X groups, such as amino X groups, and Y groups such as aryl Y groups, can be installed into the furanopyrimidine core. The specific methods below exemplify the synthesis of compound 32 which can be made by this general method. [0192] Specific Methods(D) for Scheme 5 [0193] Example 7
Figure imgf000045_0001
[0194] Step 1: Synthesis of 6-iodo-N-isopropyl-5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (34) [0195] A solution of 9 (190 mg , 0.533 mmol), isopropylamine (0.45 mL, 5.33 mmol), and DIEA (0.14 mL, 0.799 mmol) in IPA (4 mL) was heated at 80 0C for 5h, then cooled and allowed to stand at 0 0C over night. Filtration and washing with MeOH afforded the title compound 33.
[0196] Step 2: Synthesis of 4-(4-(isopropylamino)-5-phenylfuror23-d]pyrimidin-6-vi)-N,N- dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (34)
[0197] Compound 33 (80 mg, 0.211 mmol), N,N-dimethyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide (105 mg, 0.337 mmol), K2CO3 (53 mg, 0.38 mmol), and Pd(dppf)2Cl2 (7.8 mg, 0.011 mmol) were combined in a pyrex tube. After purging with N2, DMF (1.8 mL) and H2O (0.4 mL) were added and the tube was sealed. The mixture was heated at 80 0C for 3h. After cooling to RT, CH2Cl2 was added and the organics were washed with H2O, then brine. The organics were then dried over Na24 and concentrated to a brown oil. Preparative TLC (1.5% MeOH in CH2Cl2), trituration with MeOH and filtration afforded the title compound 34. Mass for C23H24N4O3S found: 437 (M+rf)
[0198] Example 8
Figure imgf000045_0002
[0199] Step 1 : Synthesis of 6-(4-((2-(methyloxy)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-(2-(l- piperaziny l)ethy l)furo [2,3 -d] pyrimidin-4-amine (36)
[0200] Tert-butyl 4-(2-(6-(4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenyl)-5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- ylamino)ethyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate 35 (Prepared in a manner analogous to Steps 1-2 of Example 7; 60 mg, 0.104 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (1.5 mL). After purging with N2, TFA (0.37 mL, 4.8 mmol) was added and the mixture was allowed to stir at RT for 4h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to remove TFA then taken up in CH2Cl2 and washed with saturated NaHCO3. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. Preparative TLC (SiO2, 20% MeOH in CH2Cl2) afforded the title compound 36. Mass for C27H31N5O3 found: 474 (M+H*).
[0201] Example 9
Figure imgf000046_0001
[0202] Step 1 : Synthesis of 6-(3 -(methy loxy)-4-((2-( 1 -piperidinyl)ethyl)oxy)pheny l)-N-(2- (4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)ethyl)-5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (38) [0203] Compound 37 (Prepared in a manner analogous to Steps 1-2 of Example 7; 50 mg, 0.089 mmol) and NaBH(OAc)3 (40 mg, 0.539) were combined in CH3CN (5.5 mL). After stirring at rt for 10 min. aqueous formaldehyde (30%) (0.115 mL, 1.59 mmol) was added and 1 -methy Ip iperazine (0.03 mL, 0.273 mg) was added. The mixture was allowed to stir at rt for 9h then quenched with glacial AcOH (0.3 mL). After concentrating, the mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 and washed with 10% NaOH. The organics were dried over K2CO3 and concentrated. Preparative TLC (SiO2, 20% MeOH in CH2Cl2) afforded the title compound 38. Mass for C33H42N6O3 found: 571 (M+H4).
[0204] Example 10
Figure imgf000047_0001
[0205] Step 1 : Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(2-(6-(4-((4-methy lpiperazin- 1 -yl)methy l)phenyl)-
5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)ethyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate (41)
[0206] Compound 39 (Prepared in a manner analogous to Steps 1-2 of Example 7; 80 mg,
0.152 mmol) and NaBH(OAc)3 (33 mg, 0.273) were combined in CH2Cl2 (2.5 mL) and 1- methylpiperazine (0.03 mL, 0.273 mg) was added. The mixture was allowed to stir at RT for
3h. 1 M NaOH (2 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2. The organics were dried over Na24 and concentrated. Preparative TLC (SiO2, 10% MeOH in CH2Cl2) afforded compound 40.
[0207] Step 2: Synthesis of 6-(4-((4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-(2-
(l-piperazinyDethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (41)
[0208] Compound 41 was prepared from Compound 40 according to the procedure described for Example 8. Mass for C30H37N7O found: 512 (M+H4).
[0209] Example 11
Figure imgf000047_0002
[0210] Step 1: Synthesis of 6-(4-((4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-
((2S)-tetrahydro-2-furanylmethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (43)
[0211] Compound 42 was prepared from Compound 10 by a method analogous to steps 1-3 of Example 3 (Method B), and converted to the title compound 43 by reductive amination in a manner analogous to the procedure described Step 2 of Example 10. Mass for C29H33N5O2 found: 484 (M+H4).
[0212] Scheme 6: General Method(E) for Synthesis of 4-Amino-(5,6-disubstituted) furano[2,3 -b]pyrimidines
Figure imgf000048_0001
[0213] Scheme 6 describes an alternative general method (see also Scheme 3) for preparing Y substituted furano-pyrimidinones 22 and chloro furanopyrimidines 23 as intermediates, which can then be converted into the corresponding desired X (X as shown = -NR2R3) substituted furano-pyrimidines 17. An optionally substituted pyrimidinone 3 can be reacted with a bromide source, such as N-bromosuccinimide (commonly referred to as NBS) to afford the 6-bromo substituted furano-pyrimidine intermediate 44. A desired Y-substituted boronic ester 13 can be reacted with compound 44 in a Suzuki-type reaction in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst and under basic conditions to afford 6-substituted furano- pyrimidinones 22. The boronic ester need not be a cyclic boronate as shown, but may be any suitable desired boronic ester having the general formula (RO)2B-Y. The palladium catalyst may vary, and the reaction may require heat depending upon the particular Y substrate, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. For example, where Y is an aromatic moiety, such as phenyl, the reaction may be complete in a short period of time with heat. Compound 22 can then be reacted with a suitable chloride source, such as POCl3 under heat to produce chloro- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidines 23. Compound 23 can then be treated with a suitable nucleophile (X), such as an amine as shown (X = -NR2R3), in the presence of a base and a suitable solvent to afford the desired 4-amino-furano-pyrimidine 17. The nucleophile (X) may alternatively be an oxygen or sulfur nucleophile (X = -OR2 or -SR2), which can displace the chloride of the furano-pyrimidine in the presence of a suitable base by conventional methods, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. Heat may or may not be required to effect the transformation depending upon the particular substrates involved. In this fashion, desired X groups, such as amino X groups, and Y groups such as aryl Y groups, can be installed into the furanopyrimidine core. The specific methods below exemplify the synthesis of compound 17 which can be made by this general method.
[0214] Specific Methods(E) for Scheme 6 [0215] Example 12
Figure imgf000049_0001
[0216] Step 1: Preparation of 6-bromo-5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (45)
[0217] Into a 13 x 100 mm vial was placed 5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one 10
(200 mg, 0.94 mmol), N-bromosuccinamide (184 mg, 1.03 mmol), potassium acetate (278 mg, 2.83 mmol), and DMF (2 mL). The vial was filled with argon, sealed, and heated to 80 0C for 20 hours.
[0218] The reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate, and passed through plug of silica-gel, to afford the title compound 45. Mass found by LC-MS(-): 292 (M-
H); calc. for C12H7BrN2O2: 291.1.
[0219] Step 2: Preparation of 5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-l -yl)ethoxy)phenyl)furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (46)
[0220] Into a 16 x 100 mm vial sparged with argon was placed 6-bromo-5-phenylfuro[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one 45 (250 mg, 0.859 mmol), l-(2-(4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy)ethyl)pyrrolidine (409 mg, 1.29 mmol), palladiumtetrakistriphenylphosphine (100 mg, 0.086 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.18 g, 8.59 mmol), DME (4 mL), and water (1 mL). The vial was capped and heated to 75 0C for 20 hours.
[0221] The reaction was cooled, diluted with ethyl acetate (5 mL) and the organic layer was separated. The organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting crude material was purified using silica-gel chromatography eluting with a 0 to 20% methanol in dichloromethane solvent gradient, followed by an isocratic 80/20/1
(dichloromethane/methanol/ammonium hydroxide) elution. The product fractions were pooled and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound. Mass found by
LC-MS(-): 400 (M-H); calc. for C24H23N3O3: 401.4.
[0222] Step 3 : Preparation of 4-chloro-5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin- 1 - yl)ethoxy)phenyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (47)
[0223] Into a 50 mL round bottom flask was placed 5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-l- yl)ethoxy)phenyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one 46 (132 mg, 0.329 mmol), and benzene (40 mL). The flask was equipped with a magnetic stir bar, dean-stark trap and a reflux condenser.
The reaction was brought to reflux with some of the solvent having been distilled into the dean-stark trap. The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature and phosphorous oxychloride (300 mg, 1.96 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was heated at reflux for
20 hours.
[0224] The solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the resulting title compound
47 was used directly in the next step without further purification. Mass found by LC-MS(+):
420 (M+H); calc. for C24H22ClN3O2: 419.9.
[0225] Step 4: Preparation of N-cyclopropyl-5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-l- y l)ethoxy)pheny l)furo [2,3 -d] pyrimidin-4-amine (48)
[0226] Into a 16 x 100 mm vial sparged with argon was placed 4-chloro-5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-
(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethoxy)phenyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine 47 (60 mg, 0.143 mmol), isopropanol
(2 mL), acetonitrile (1 mL), and cyclopropylamine (165 mg, 2.86 mmol). The vial was capped, and heated to 1000C for 24 hours.
[0227] The reaction was cooled to RT, added saturated aqueous potassium carbonate (1 mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate (3 x 5 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude material was purified on a silica column eluting with a solvent gradient of 0 to 20% methanol in dichloromethane to afford the title compound 48. Mass found by LC-MS(+): 441 (M+H); calc. for C27H28N4O2: 440.54. [0228] Scheme 7: General Method(F)for Synthesis of 4-Alkoxy-5, 6-disubstituted furano [2,3 -b] pyrimidines
49 50
[0229] Scheme 7 describes a general method for preparing 4-alkoxy-5,6-disubstituted furanopyrimidines 50 (R2 is alkyl) directly from the 4-chloro-substituted furano-pyrimidine intermediate 49. Compound 49 can be treated with ammonia, such as ammonium in a suitable alkoxide-based solvent, such as methanol, to afford the desired 4-alkoxy-furano-pyrimidine 50. In this fashion, desired R1, Rla, and Y groups, such as aryl Y groups, can remain constant on the furanopyrimidine core while the 4-position can then be functionalized as desired. The specific methods below exemplify the synthesis of compound 50 which can be made by this general method.
[0230] Specific Method (F) for Scheme 7 [0231] Example 13
Figure imgf000051_0002
[0232] Synthesis of 4-methoxy-5,6-diphenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidine 53 [0233] 56.9 mg (0.185 mmol) of 4-chloro-5,6-diphenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidine 51 and 0.930 mL (1.85 mmol) of 2.0 M ammonia in methanol were combined in a disposable sealed tube and stirred at RT for 15 minutes. The reaction was then heated at 70 0C for 1.5 h. At this point, an additional 0.930 mL (1.85 mmol) of 2.0 M ammonia in methanol was added and the resulting mixture was heated at 70 0C for 3 days, cooled to RT and concentrated. Flash chromatography (Siθ2, gradient eluent: 2:1 hexanes-ethylacetate, 2:1 ethyl acetate-hexanes, 9:1 CH2Cl2-MeOH), afforded the title compound 4-methoxy-5,6-diphenylfuro[2,3- d]pyrimidine 53 and 5,6-diphenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine 52. Mass found: 303.0(M+^); Calculated for C19Hi4N2O2: 302. [0234] Scheme 8: General Method (G)for the Synthesis of Aryl Boronic Esters (Aryl- B(OR)2)
Figure imgf000052_0001
[0235] A boronate ester (or boronic acid, where R = H) can be reacted with a desirable substituted phenyl compound 54 in a Suzuki-type reaction in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst and a suitable boron species, such as triisopropyl borate or a boron dimer, and under basic conditions, such as with an acetate base, to afford substituted phenylboronate esters 55. The palladium catalyst may vary, and the reaction may require heat depending upon the particular R4 substitution(s), as appreciated by those skilled in the art. Alternatively, a more conventional method involving metalation chemistry (halogen-metal exchange) may be employed to produce the boronic acid using a boronate ester. Such intermediates 55, may be utilized as desired Y substitutions when synthesizing the targeted furano-pyrimidine compounds. The specific methods below exemplify the synthesis of compound 55 which can be made by this general method.
[0236] Specific Methods (Examples 14-18) for Scheme 8 [0237] Example 14
Figure imgf000052_0002
[0238] Step 1: Synthesis of 2-(4-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy)-N,N-diethylethanamine (56) [0239] 4-Bromo-2-fluorophenol (1.0 g, 5.24 mmol), 2-chloro-N,N-diethylethanamine HCL (0.90 mg, 5.24 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (8 g, 25 mmol) were combined in DMF (20 mL) and the mixture was heated at reflux over night. H2O was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc, then washed with 2N NaOH and brine. The organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to a brown oil. Flash chromatography (gradient eluent: 10-50% EtOAc in hexanes) of the crude concentrate afforded title compound 56. [0240] Step 2: Synthesis of N,N-diethyl-2-(2-fluoro-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy)ethanamine (57) [0241] Compound 56 (500 nig, 1.72 mmol), 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-l,3,2-dioxaborolane (526 mg, 2.07 mmol), KOAc (507 mg, 5.17 mmol), and Pd(dppf)2Cl2 (38 mg, 0.052 mmol) were combined in a pyrex tube. After purging with N2, DMSO (3 mL) was added and the tube was sealed. The mixture was heated at 80 0C for 3h. After cooling to RT, the mixture was concentrated. The crude was flash chromatographed (gradient eluent: 0-15% MeOH in CH2Cl2) of the crude, combined product fractions were extracted with CH2Cl2 and washed with H2O and brine, then dried over Na24 and concentrated to afforded title compound 57.
[0242] Example 15
Figure imgf000053_0001
[0243] Step 1: Synthesis of l-(4-iodophenylsulfonyl)-4-methylpiperazine (58)
[0244] Pipsyl chloride (1.21 g, 4.0 mmol) was dissolved in THF (12 mL) and 4- methylpiperazine (1.1 mL, 12.2 mmol) was added dropwise. The resulting suspension was allowed to stir at RT over night. Filtration and washing with THF afforded crop 1 of compound 58. The mother liquors were concentrated, taken up in CH2Cl2, washed with H2O and brine, then dried over Na24 to afford a second crop of compound 58.
[0245] Step 2: Synthesis of l-methyl-4-(4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenylsulfonyl)piperazine (59)
[0246] Compound 59 was prepared from compound 58 according to step 2 of Example 14.
[0247] Example 16
Figure imgf000053_0002
[0248] Preparation of 4-(2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethoxy)phenylboronic acid (61) [0249] Into a 16 x 100 mm vial was placed l-(2-(4-bromophenoxy)ethyl)pyrrolidine 60 (100 mg, 0.370 mmol) and THF (2 mL). The vial was cooled to -780C with a dry ice/acetone bath. To this was added tert-butyllithium (24 mg, 0.925 mmol) and the reaction was allowed to stir 1.5 hours. Triisopropylborate (84 mg, 0.444 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction was allowed to reach room temperature and stirred for 15 hours. [0250] 6M HCl(aq) (0.2 mL) was added dropwise and allowed to stir for 2 hours at room temperature. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure, and the title compound 61 was used without further purification.
[0251] Example 17
Figure imgf000054_0001
[0252] Step 1: Preparation of (4-ethylpiperazin-l-yl)(4-iodophenyl)methanone (63) [0253] Mo a 100 mL round bottom flask was placed 4-iodobenzoyl chloride (2.67 g, 0.01 mmol) and dichloromethane (25 mL). The flask was placed in an ice water bath. Then N- ethylpiperazine (2.6 mL, 0.021 mmol) was added dropwise with stirring. The reaction was allowed to stir for 10 days at room temperature. Saturated aqueous potassium carbonate (50 mL) was added, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL). The organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered through a silica plug, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound as a yellow oil. Mass found by LC-MS(+): 345 M+H*); calc.for Ci9H29BN2O3: 344.26.
[0254] Step 2: Preparation of (4-ethylpiperazin-l-yl)(4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)methanone (64)
[0255] Compound 64 was obtained using a method analogous to that described in step 2 of Example 14.
[0256] Example 18
Figure imgf000055_0001
[0257] Preparation of 2-(dimethylamino)-N-(4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenyl)acetamide (66)
[0258] Into a 100 niL round bottom flask was placed 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l ,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzenamine 65 (438 mg, 2 mmol), dichloromethane (30 mL), diisopropylethylamine (517 mg, 4 mmol), and 2-(dimethylamino)acetyl chloride (267 mg, 2.2 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate was added (20 mL), and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified on a silica-gel column using 0 to 20% methanol in dichloromethane as the solvent gradient. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to afford the title compound 66 as an orange oil. Mass found by LC-MS(+): 305(M+H); calc. for C16H25BN2O3: 304.19.
Compounds of the invention may be additionally synthesized from simple starting molecules as illustrated in Schemes 9-12 and the Examples.
[02591 Scheme 9
HCOOH PBr3 reflux
Figure imgf000055_0004
Figure imgf000055_0003
Figure imgf000055_0002
Figure imgf000055_0005
[0260] As shown in Scheme 9, furanopyrimidines may generally be prepared using an appropriately substituted 2-amino-3-cyano-furan. Reaction of the furan with formic acid and heat, e.g., at reflux, provides the 4-hydroxy furanopyrimidine. Conversion of the hydroxyl to bromine may be accomplished using a brominating agent such as PBr3. The resulting 4- bromofuranopyrimidine may be reacted with a suitable amine, thiol or alcohol in the presence of base to give the product furanopyrimidine compounds. Exemplary bases that may be used include DIEA, other tertiary amines, sodium hydride and potassium carbonate. Suitable solvents include, e.g., 1-butanol. One skilled in the art will recognize that the procedure set forth in Scheme 9 may be modified to produce various compounds that fall within the scope of the invention.
102611 Scheme 10
Figure imgf000056_0001
[0262] Appropriately substituted 2-amino-3-cyano-furans may be prepared by methods well known to those skilled in the art. For example, as shown in Scheme 10, a hydroxyphenyl ketone may be reacted with an alkylating agent (e.g. R4-I) in the presence of a suitable base, such as potassium or cesium carbonate, and solvent (e.g., DMF) to give the O-alkylated product. The benzylic position may be brominated with bromine in dioxane or another suitable agent. The resulting product is cyclized to the furan by reaction with malonitrile and base (e.g. triethylamine) in a suitable solvent such as DMF. The 2-amino-3-cyanofurans may be converted to furanopyrimidines as shown in Scheme 9. Alternatively, the hydroxyphenyl ketone may be protected as the methyl ether until after the formation of the furanopyrimidine. The methyl ether may then be deprotected with a suitable agent (e.g. BBr3) and alkylated with another group, such as chloroethylamines of various types. [02631 Scheme 11
Figure imgf000057_0001
[0264] Scheme 11 shows an alternative route to furanopyrimidines of the invention. Heating bromonitromethane with a benzaldehyde in the presence of KF and the hydrochloride salt of a base such as dimethylamine provides the desired chloro-nitro-vinyl compound. Any suitable solvent such as xylenes and the like may be used. Subsequent reaction with the dihydroxypyrimidine in the presence of base and a polar solvent (e.g. ethanol) leads to the furanopyrimidinone. Halogenation at the 6 position with, for example, N-bromo- or N- iodosuccinimide in a nonpolar solvent, followed by reaction with a suitable dehydrating reagent such as POCI3 gives the 4-chloro-6-iodo/bromo compound. The chloride may be displaced with an R2 amine to provide the precursor for Suzuki coupling at the 6-position as described below.
IO2651 Scheme 12
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000058_0002
Figure imgf000058_0003
[0266] Furanopyrimidines of the invention may also be prepared by Suzuki coupling of aryl and heteroaryl groups with the furanopyrimidine core as shown in Scheme 12. In panel A of Scheme 12, the trisubstituted furan may be heated with formamide to give the 4-amine-6-aryl- furanopyrimidine. Bromination at position 5 with a suitable reagent (e.g., bromine or N- bromosuccinimide), followed by bisprotection of the amino group (e.g., Boc2O, DMAP) gives the expected 5-bromopyrimidine. The 5-iodo analog may be similarly prepared with NIS as described above. Suzuki coupling of the 5-bromofuranopyrimidine with the boronic acid or ester of R1 in the presence of a Pd(O) catalyst and base under microwave irradiation provides the 5-aryl substituted furanopyrimidine with (e.g., in the cse of Boc) loss of the protecting groups. Alkylation of the 4-amine with R2-LG (LG is a leaving group such as halide) provides compounds of the invention.
[0267] Panel B of Scheme 12 shows a related route to Suzuki coupling of aryl and heteroaryl groups at position 6 (Y) of the furanopyrimidine. Formation of the furanopyrimidine and bromination as before gives the 6-bromo compound. The R2 moiety may be installed at this point, followed by the Pd(O) catalyzed cross-coupling reaction, or, as shown in Panel C, the Suzuki coupling may be carried out first followed by alkylation of the 4-amino group. It will be understood that many variations of Pd(O) catalyzed cross-coupling reactions may also be employed to provide compounds of the invention. [0268] All process steps described herein can be carried out under known reaction conditions, such as under those specifically mentioned, in the absence of or usually in the presence of solvents or diluents, which can be inert to the reagents used and able to dissolve these, in the absence or presence of catalysts, condensing agents or neutralizing agents, for example ion exchangers, typically cation exchangers, for example in the H+ form, depending on the type of reaction and/or reactants at reduced, normal, or elevated temperature, for example in the range from about -100 0C to about 190 0C, for example from about -80 0C to about 150 0C, or, for another example, at about -80 to about 60 0C, at RT, at about -20 to about 40 0C or at the boiling point of the solvent used, under atmospheric pressure or in a closed vessel, where appropriate under pressure, and/or in an inert atmosphere, for example, under argon or nitrogen.
[0269] Salts may be present in all starting compounds and transients, if these contain salt- forming groups. Salts may also be present during the reaction of such compounds, provided the reaction is not thereby disturbed.
[0270] In certain cases, typically in hydrogenation processes, it is possible to achieve stereoselective reactions, allowing, for example, easier recovery of individual isomers. [0271] The solvents from which those can be selected which are suitable for the reaction in question include, for example, water, esters, typically lower alkyl-lower alkanoates, e.g EtOAc, ethers, typically aliphatic ethers, e.g. Et2O, or cyclic ethers, e.g. THF, liquid aromatic hydrocarbons, typically benzene or toluene, alcohols, typically MeOH, EtOH, IPA or 1- propanol, nitriles, typically AcCN, halogenated hydrocarbons, typically CH2Cl2, acid amides, typically DMF, bases, typically heterocyclic nitrogen bases, e.g. pyridine, carboxylic acids, typically lower alkanecarboxylic acids, e.g. HOAc, carboxylic acid anhydrides, typically lower alkane acid anhydrides, e.g. acetic anhydride, cyclic, linear, or branched hydrocarbons, typically cyclohexane, hexane, or isopentane, or mixtures of these solvents, e.g. aqueous solutions, unless otherwise stated in the description of the process.
[0272] The invention relates also to those forms of the process in which one starts from a compound obtainable at any stage as a transient species and carries out the missing steps, or breaks off the process at any stage, or forms a starting material under the reaction conditions, or uses said starting material in the form of a reactive derivative or salt, or produces a compound obtainable by means of the process according to the invention and processes the said compound in situ. In one embodiment, one starts from those starting materials which lead to the compounds described above.
[0273] The compounds of Formulae I-V, including their salts, are also obtainable in the form of hydrates, or their crystals can include for example the solvent used for crystallization
(present as solvates).
[0274] New starting materials and/or intermediates, as well as processes for the preparation thereof, are likewise the subject of this invention. In one embodiment, such starting materials are used and reaction conditions so selected as to enable the desired compounds to be obtained.
[0275] Starting materials of the invention, are known, are commercially available, or can be synthesized in analogy to or according to methods that are known in the art.
[0276] In the preparation of starting materials, existing functional groups which do not participate in the reaction should, if necessary, be protected. Exemplary protecting groups, their introduction and their removal are described above or in the examples.
[0277] All remaining starting materials are known, capable of being prepared according to known processes, or commercially obtainable; in particular, they can be prepared using processes as described in the examples.
[0278] The following examples below, as do the examples above, serve to illustrate various embodiments of the invention. The table also contains the method by which these examples were prepared, with respect to the various schemes and examples presented above. The schematic illustrations, detailed description of the methods and preparation of compounds of
Formulae I-V, as well as the examples below and compounds described above fall within the scope, and serve to exemplify the scope of compounds contemplated in the invention. These detailed method descriptions are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not intended as a restriction on the scope of the present invention.
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0002
[02791 Example 76: Synthesis of 5,6-diphenyl-4-[(S)-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-methyl]-amino furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (70)
Figure imgf000076_0001
70
[0280] Step 1: 5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol (68)
[0281] A suspension of 2-amino-4,5-diphenyl-furan-3-carbonitrile 67 (10.0 g, 0.038 mol) in formic acid (45 mL) was heated to reflux for 6 h, and cooled down. The precipitated solid was then filtered, washed with ethyl acetate, dried to obtain 68 (4.6 g) a yellow solid. MS: 286.9(M+1). 1HNMR (DMSOd6) ppm 12.67 (s,lH), 8.19 (s, IH), 7.50-7.25 (m,10H).
[0282] Step 2: 4-Bromo-5,6-diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (69)
[0283] A mixture of 68 (8.2 g, 0.028 mol), phosphorous tribromide (80 niL) and N, N- dimethylaniline (5 mL) was heated to 12O0C for 3h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was carefully poured into ice, extracted with EtOAc, and purified by silica gel column chromatography, providing 69 (2.5 g) as ayellow solid. MS: 349.1, 351.1(M+1). 1HNMR (DMSO-d6) ppm 8.82 (s,lH), 7.55-7.41 (m, 10H).
[0284] Step 3: 5,6-Diphenyl-4-[(S)-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-methyl]amino furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (70)
[0285] Compound 69 (60 mg, 0.17 mmol), (S)-tetrahydrofuran-2-yl-methylamine (36 μL, 0.34 mmol), and DIEA 150 μL (0.86 mmol) were mixed in 1-butanol (2 mL) and heated to 12O0C for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography to yield a white solid (60 mg). MS: 372.1(M+1). 1HNMR (DMSOd6) ppm 8.36 (s,lH), 7.61-7.34 (m, 10H), 5.11 (t, IH), 3.89-3.85 (m, IH), 3.58-3.48 (m, 4H), 1.84- 1.64 (m, 3H), 1.40-1.38 (m,lH).
[02861 Example 77: Synthesis of (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(2- piperazin-l-yl-ethyl)-amine (72)
Figure imgf000077_0001
72
[0287] A mixture of 69 (0.2 g, 0.57 mmol), 4-(2-amino-ethyl)-piperazine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.26 g, 1.13 mmol) and DIEA (0.20 mL, 1.14 mmol) in 1-butanol (5 mL) was heated to 12O0C for 1.5 h. After concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using 2-5% MeOH/DCM, to give 4-[2-(5,6-diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- ylamino)-ethyl]-piperazine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester 71 (0.20 g). Compound 71 was subjected to 20 mL of 20% TFA/DCM at rt for 2 h, then the reaction was concentrated almost to dryness under reduced pressure, and purified by silica gel column chromatography using 0.1% MeOH/DCM containing ImL ammonium hydroxide, to give 72 (0.15 g). MS: 400.2 (M+l). 1HNMR (DMSO^6) ppm 8.36 (s, IH), 7.61-7.33 (m, 10H), 5.49 (t, IH, J=4.48Hz), 3.45 (dd, 2H, J1=S-IOHz, J2=5.84Hz), 2.33 (t, 2H, J=5.80Hz), 2.13 (br, 4H), 1.95 (br, IH) (note: some peaks overlapped with water peak in DMSO-dβ). 1HNMR (CCl3-d) ppm 8.43 (s, IH), 7.60-7.50 (m, 6H), 7.50-7.26 (m, 4H), 5.39 (t, IH), 3.54 (dd, 2H, J!=5.05Hz, J2=6.20Hz), 2.73 (t, 4H, J=4.71Hz), 2.44 (t 2H, J=5.91Hz), 2.28 (br, 4H), 1,87 (br, IH).
[02881 Example 78: Synthesis of {6-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenylj-5-phenyl- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-(tetrahydro-furan-2-(S)-yl-methyl)-amine (81)
Figure imgf000078_0001
81
[0289] Step 1: BenzyI-4-methoxyphenyl ketone (74)
[0290] To a mixture of l-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-2-phenyl-ethanone 73 (5.0 g, 0.024 mol) and potassium carbonate (3.3 g, 0.024 mol) in DMF (10 mL) was added MeI (1.5 mL, 0.024 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight, then heated to 40-450C for 1 h. After cooling, it was poured into ice water, extracted with EtOAc, recrystallized with EtOAc/Hexane, to give 74 (5.O g). MS: 227.1 (M+l).
[0291] Step 2: 2-Ainino -5-(4-methoxy)-phenyl-4-phenyI furan-3-carbonitriIe
(76)
[0292] A suspension of 74 (5.0 g, 0.022 mol) in dioxane (50 mL) was cooled down in an ice bath, then treated with bromine (1.1 mL, 0.021 mol) in 3 portions during a period of 30 min. The reaction was left to stir at rt overnight, then poured into water, extracted with EtOAc, and purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain a mixture of 2-bromo-l-(4-hydroxy- phenyl)-2-phenyl-ethanone 75 (MS: 305.1, 307.1, M+l) and some dibromo product (6.4 g). This mixture was directly used for the next step.
[0293] The above mixture was dissolved in DMF (10 mL), malononitrile (1.38 g, 0.021 mol), and triethylamine (5.8 mL, 0.042 mol) were added and stirred at rt overnight, then heated to 8O0C for 5 min. After cooling, it was poured into water, extracted with EtOAc, and purified with EtOAc/Hexane using a silica gel column to obtain 76 (2.8 g) as a brown solid. MS: 291.1 (M+l). [0294] Step 3: 6-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-5-phenyI-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-oI (77)
[0295] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 68. MS: 319.1 (M+l). 1HNMR (DMSO-dδ) ppm 12.63 (s, IH), 8.16 (s, IH), 7.59-7.35(m, 7H), 6.94 (d, 2H, J= 6.93Hz), 3.77 (s, 3H).
[0296] Step 4: 4-Chloro-6-(4-methoxy-phenyI)-5-phenyI-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine
(78)
[0297] This compound was prepared from 77 by a method analogous to that for 69 using POCl3 instead Of PBr3. MS: 337.1 (M+l). 1HNMR (DMSO-d6) ppm 8.84 (s, IH), 7.56-7.51 (m, 5H), 7.47 (d, 2H, J=9.00Hz), 6.99 (d, 2H, J=9.01Hz), 3.78 (s, 3H).
[0298] Step 5: 4-(4-Chloro-5-phenyI-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-phenol (79)
[0299] A stirred solution of 78 (1.0 g, 0.003 mol) in DCM (10 mL) at -780C was treated with boron tribromide (7.7 mL, 0.045 mol) for 20 min, then slowly warmed to rt, and stirred for another 2 h. The resulting mixture was carefully poured into ice water, extracted with EtOAc, purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 0.95 g. MS: 323.1(M+1).
[0300] Step 6: 4-{5-Phenyl-4-[(S)-(tetrahydro-furan-2-yImethyl)-amino]- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-phenol (80)
[0301] This compound was prepared from 79 by a method analogous to that for 70. MS: 388.2 (M+l). 1HNMR (DMSO-d6) ppm 9.86 (br, IH), 8.31 (s, IH), 7.60-7.56 (m, 5H), 7.28 (d, 2H, J=8.77Hz), 6.74 (d, 2H, J=8.78Hz), 5.05 (t, IH), 3.94-3.85 (m, IH), 3.56-3.46 (m, 4H), 1.83-1.64 (m, 3H), 1.40-1.37 (m, IH).
[0302] Step 7: {6-[4-(2-Diraethylaraino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-(tetrahydro-furan-2-(S)-yI-methyl)-ainine (81) [0303] A mixture of 80 (80 mg, 0.21 mmol), Cs2CO3 (0.12 g, 0.36 mmol) and N3N- dimethylaminoethyl chloride hydrochloride (59.4 mg, 0.41 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was heated to 8O0C overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography, to give 81 (27 mg, >95% e.e.). MS: 459.3 (M+l). 1HNMR (DMSO-d6) ppm 8.32 (s, IH), 7.61-7.52 (m, 5H), 7.36 (d, 2H, J=9.00Hz), 6.93 (d, 2H, J=9.00Hz), 5.06 (t, IH, J=5.50Hz), 4.05 (t, 2H, J=6.00Hz), 3.87-3.85 (m, IH), 3.54-3.47 (m, 4H), 2.61 (t, 2H, J=5.50Hz), 2.21 (s, 6H), 1.82-1.65 (m, 3H), 1.39-1.25 (m, IH). [03041 Example 79: Synthesis of {6-[4-(substituted)-phenyl]-5-phenyI-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-(tetrahydro-furan-2-(S)-yl-raethyl)-amine
[0305] Compounds 82-90, 92-93, and 95-105 (shown below) were prepared utilizing the general protocol described in Example 79 for compound 81.
Figure imgf000080_0001
93 95 96 97 98
Figure imgf000080_0002
103 104 105
103061 Example 80: Synthesis of 6-[4-(2-Aminoethoxy)]phenyl-5-phenyl-4-[(5)- (tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-methyl]-amino furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (107)
Figure imgf000080_0003
[0307] Compound 106 was prepared from 80 and Boc-aminoethylchloride by a method analogous to that for 81. Compound 106 was subjected to 20% TFA/DCM, stirred at rt for 2 h, then purified by silica gel chromatography to obtain 10. MS: 431.3 (M+l). 1HNMR (DMSOd6) ppm 8.32 (s, IH), 7.59-7.52 (m, 5H), 7.36(d, 2H, J=9.00Hz), 6.92(d, 2H, J=9.00Hz), 5.06 (IH, t, J=5.00Hz), 3.92(t, 2H, J=5.50Hz), 3.86 (m, IH), 3.51 (m, 4H), 2.84 (t, 2H, J=6.00Hz), 1.81(m, IH), 1.72 (m,lH), 1.56 (m, IH), 1.49(br, 2H), 1.39(m, IH).
[03081 Example 81: Synthesis of 6-substituted aryl-5-alkyl/aryl-4-[(substituted-l,3- dithiolan-2-yl)-methyl] amino furo[2,3-d]pyrimidines (107-117)
Figure imgf000081_0001
X, Y = O, S n = 1 , 2
R = methyl, ethyl
[0309] Step 1: 4-(2,2-Diethoxyethyl)amino-5,6-diphenyl furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine
(108)
[0310] A mixture of 69 (160 mg, 0.46 mmol), aminoacetaldehyde diethyl acetal (100 μL,
0.69 mmol), and DIEA (160 μL, 0.92 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) was heated to reflux for 2 h.
The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified with flash chromatography to give 43 (82 mg) as white solid.
[0311] Step 2: 4-[(l,3-Dithiolan-2-yl)-methyl]amino-S,6-diphenyl furo[2,3- d]pyrimidine (110)
[0312] Method 1 via preparation of corresponding aldehyde 107: Compound 108 (82 mg) was treated with concentrated HCl at it for 10 min, evaporated almost to dryness, and redissolved in DCM/methanol, and dried overnight in vacuo. Compound 109 (42 mg) was obtained as a mixture of the corresponding aldehyde and monomethyl acetal by LCMS. This was directly used for next step. [0313] A mixture of 109 (30 mg, 0.09 mmol for aldehyde), ethanedithiol (7.6 μL, 0.91 mmol) and boron trifluoride etherate (0.5 mL) in DCM (1 niL), stirred at rt overnight, then diluted with water (5 mL), extracted with EtOAc, and purified with 5-10% MeOH/DCM using silica gel column to obtain 110 (15 mg) as yellowish solid. MS: 406.1(M+l). [0314] Method 2 via preparation of l,3-dithiolan-2-yl-methylamine: A mixture of aminoacetaldehyde diethyl acetal (5.5 mL, 0.038 mol), ethanedithiol (3.2 mL, 0.038 mol) and p-toluenesulfonic acid (7.9 g, 0.042 mol)) in 50 mL toluene was heated to reflux for 6 h. After cooling, the mixture was poured into 4N NaOH aqueous solution, extracted with EtOAc, and purified by silica gel column with 2-10% MeOH/DCM, to give l,3-dithiolan-2- yl-methylamine (1.5 g) as a colorless oil. 1HNMR (DMSO-d6) ppm 4.42 (t, IH, J=6.78Hz), 3.20 (br, 4H), 2.65 (d, 2H, J=6.78), 1.59 (br, 2H).
[0315] A mixture of 69 (150 mg, 0.86 mmol), 1 ,3-dithiolan-2-yl-methylamine (240 μL, 1.78 mmol), and DIEA 0.31 mL (1.78 mmol) in 1-butanol (1 mL) was heated to 12O0C for 2 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, affording 110 (121 mg). LCMS and 1HNMR are identical with the product obtained from method 1.
[03161 Example 82: Synthesis of (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)- [l,3]oxathiolan-2-ylmethyl-amine (111)
Figure imgf000082_0001
[0317] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 110 as in Method 1. MS: 390.1 (M+l).
103181 Example 83: Synthesis of [l,3]Dithiolan-2-ylmethyl-[6-(4-methoxy-phenyI)-5- phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-amine (112)
Figure imgf000082_0002
[0319] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 110 as in Method 1. MS: 436.2 (M+l).
F03201 Example 84: Synthesis of (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yI)-[l,3]dithian- 2-ylraethyI-aniine (113)
Figure imgf000083_0001
[0321] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 110 as in Method 1. MS: 420.1 (M+l).
[03221 Example 85: Synthesis of (5,6-DiphenyI-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)- [l,3]oxathian-2-ylmethyl-amine (114)
Figure imgf000083_0002
[0323] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 110 as in Method 1. MS: 404.2 (M+l).
[03241 Example 86: Synthesis of (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(4-methyl- [l,3]dithioIan-2-ylmethyI)-amine (115)
Figure imgf000083_0003
[0325] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 110 as in Method 2. MS: 420.1 (M+l).
[03261 Example 87: Synthesis of [6-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-5-phenyI-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-(4-methyl-[l,3]dithiolan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (116)
Figure imgf000084_0001
[0327] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 110 as in Method 2. MS: 450.1 (M+l).
103281 Example 88: Synthesis of (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(4-ethyl- [l,3]dithiolan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (117)
Figure imgf000084_0002
[0329] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 110 as in Method 2. MS: 433.0 (M+l).
[0330] Example 89: Synthesis of 6-{4-[2-(N,N-dimethylamino)ethoxy]}phenyl-5- phenyl-4-[(l,3-dithiolan~2-yl)-methyl]amino furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (120)
Figure imgf000084_0003
120
[0331] Step 1: 4-{4-[([l,3]Dithiolan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-phenoI (119)
[0332] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 70. Briefly, compound 79 was heated with C-[l,3]dithiolan-2-yl-methylamine and DIEA in 1-butanol to provide the title compound. MS: 422.1(M+1). 1HNMR (DMSOd6) ppm 9.86 (s, IH), 8.33 (s, IH), 7.59-7.5 l(m, 5H), 7.26(d, 2H, 7.00Hz), 6.74 (d, 2H, 7.00Hz), 5.35(t, IH), 4.69(t, IH, J=6.00Hz), 3.64 (t, 2H, J=6.00Hz), 3.13-3.05(m, 4H).
[0333] Step 2: 6-{4-[2-(N,N-dimethylamino)ethoxy]}phenyl-5-phenyl-4-[(l,3- dithiolan-2-yl)-methyl] amino furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (120) [0334] A mixture of 119 (20 mg, 0.047 mmol), cesium carbonate (0.12 g, 0.36 mmol) and N,N-dimethylaminoethyl chloride hydrochloride (14 mg, 0.097 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was heated to 8O0C overnight. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified with silica gel chromatography, to give 120 (12 mg). MS: 493.2(M+1). 1HNMR (DMSO-d6) ppm 8.36 (s, IH), 7.61-7.54 (m, 5H), 7.78 (d, IH, J=9.00Hz), 6.95 (d, IH, J=9.00Hz), 5.38 (t, IH, J=5.60Hz), 4.70 (t, IH, J=6.12Hz), 4.05 (t, 2H, J=5.78Hz), 3.65 (t, 2H, J=5.94Hz), 3.14-3.06 (m, 4H), 2.61 (t, 2H, J=5.71Hz), 2.20(s, 6H).
[03351 Example 90: Synthesis of {6-[4-(3-Dimethylamino-propoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-[l,3]dithiolan-2-yImethyl-amine (121)
Figure imgf000085_0001
[0336] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 110. MS: 507.1 (M+l). 1HNMR (DMSO-d6) ppm 8.35 (s, IH), 7.60-7.53 (m, 5H), 7.36 (d, 2H, J=9.00Hz), 6.91 (d, 2H, J=9.00Hz), 5.37 (t, IH, J=6.00Hz), 4.69 (t, IH, J=6.00Hz), 3.99 (t, 2H, J=6.50Hz), 3.64 (t, 2H, J=6.00Hz), 3.32-3.04 (m, 4H), 2.32 (t, 2H, J=7.50Hz), 1.83 (m, 2H).
[03371 Example 91: Synthesis of {6-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyI-furo[2,3- d] py rimidin-4-yl}- [ 1 ,3] dithiolan-2-ylmethyl-amine (122)
Figure imgf000085_0002
[0338] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 110. MS: 465.1 (M+l). 1HNMR (DMSOd6) ppm 8.35 (s, IH), 7.60-7.53 (m, 5H), 7.37 (d, 2H, J=8.50Hz), 6.93 (d, 2H, J=8.50Hz), 5.37 (t, IH, J=5.50Hz), 4.71 (t, IH, J=6.00Hz), 3.92 (t, 2H, J=6.00Hz), 3.64 (t, 2H, J=6.00Hz), 3.15-3.05 (m, 4H), 2.85 (t, 2H, J=6.00Hz), 1.59 (br, 2H).
[03391 Example 92: Synthesis of [l,3]Dithiolan-2-ylmethyl-{6-[4-(2-methylamino- ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyI-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine (123) 2005/022727
Figure imgf000086_0001
[0340] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 110. MS: 479.1 (M+l). 1HNMR (DMSOd6) ppm 8.35 (s, IH), 7.60-7.53 (m, 5H), 7.36 (d, 2H, J=9.00Hz), 6.93 (d, 2H, J=9.00Hz), 5.37 (t, IH), 4.69 (t, IH, J=6.00Hz), 4.02 (t, 2H, J=5.50Hz), 3.64 (t, 2H, J=6.00Hz), 3.15-3.05 (m, 4H), 2.81 (t, 2H, J=5.50Hz), 2.32 (s, 3H).
103411 Example 93; Synthesis of (4-{4-[([l,3]Dithiolan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-5-phenyl- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid methyl ester (124)
Figure imgf000086_0002
[0342] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 110. MS: 494.1 (M+l). 1HNMR (DMSO-d6) ppm 8.43 (s, IH), 7.62-7.55 (m, 5H), 7.38 (d, 2H, J=8.50Hz), 6.95 (d, 2H, J=9.00), 5.39 (t, IH, J=6.00Hz), 4.82 (s, 2H), 4.71 (t, IH, J=6.50Hz), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.66(t, 2H, J=6.00Hz), 3.15-3.06 (m, 4H).
[03431 Example 94; Synthesis of l-[2-(4-{4-[([l,3]Dithiolan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-5- phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one (125)
Figure imgf000086_0003
[0344] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 110. MS: 533.0 (M+l). 1HNMR (DMSO-d6) ppm 8.37 (s, IH), 7.62-7.55 (m, 5H), 7.38 (d, 2H, J=8.50Hz), 6.95 (d, 2H, J=9.00Hz), 5.39 (t, IH, J=6.00Hz), 4.71 (t, IH, J=6.00Hz), 4.10 (t, 2H, J=5.00Hz), 3.66 (t, 2H, J=6.00Hz), 3.54 (t, 2H, J=5.50Hz), 3.43 (t, 2H, J=7.00Hz), 3.15-3.07 (m, 4H), 2.24 (t, 2H, J=8.00Hz), 1.92 (m, 2H).
[0345] Example 95: Synthesis of 6-{4-[substituted]}phenyl-5-phenyl-4-[(l,3-dithiolan- 2-yl)-methyl] amino furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine [0346] The following compounds 126-135 were prepared in analogy to 110.
Figure imgf000087_0001
126 127 128 129 130
Figure imgf000087_0002
131 132 133 134 135
[0347] Example 96: Synthesis of [2-(2,5-Diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl)-ethyl]-(5,6- diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-amine (136)
Figure imgf000087_0003
[0348] A mixture of 109 (10 mg, crude, 0.03 mmol for aldehyde) (made from compound 108 as in the preparation for 110) and 2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1] heptane hydrobromide (10 mg, 0.056 mmol) in 5% acetic acid solution in DCE (1 mL) was stirred at rt for 20 min. Sodium cyanoborohydride (20 mg, 0.32 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was directly purified by HPLC, providing 136. MS: 412.2 (M+l).
103491 Example 97: Synthesis of (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-[2-(3-(R)- methyl-piperazin-l-yl)-ethyl]-amine (137)
Figure imgf000087_0004
[0350] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 136. MS: 414.3 (M+l). 103511 Example 98: Synthesis of l-[2-(5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)- ethyl]-piperidin-4-ol (138)
Figure imgf000088_0001
[0352] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 136. MS: 415.2 (M+l).
[03531 Example 99: Synthesis of l-[2-(5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)- ethyl]-piperidin-3-ol (139)
Figure imgf000088_0002
[0354] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 136. MS: 415.2 (M+l).
rO3551 Example 100: Synthesis of [2-(2,6-Dimethyl-morpholin-4-yl)-ethyl]-(5,6- diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-amine (140)
Figure imgf000088_0003
[0356] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 136. MS: 429.3 (M+l).
[03571 Example 101: Synthesis of {l-[2-(5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- ylamino)-ethyl]-piperidin-4-yl}-methanol (141)
[0358] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 136. MS: 429.3
(M+l). [03591 Example 102: Synthesis of {l-[2-(5,6-DiphenyI-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- ylamino)-ethyl]-piperidin-3-yl}-methanol (142)
[0360] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 136. MS: 429.3
(M+l).
103611 Example 103: Synthesis of {l-[2-(5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- ylamino)-ethyI]-piperidin-2-yl}-methanoI (143)
[0362] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 136. MS: 429.3
(M+l).
103631 Example 104: Synthesis of l-[2-(5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)- ethyl]-pyrrolidin-3-ol (144)
[0364] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 136. MS: 401.2
(M+l).
[0365] Example 105: Synthesis of (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(2- thiomorpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-amine (145)
Figure imgf000089_0001
[0366] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 136. MS: 417.3 (M+l).
[03671 Example 106: Synthesis of (2-[l,4]Diazepan-l-yl-ethyl)-(5,6-diphenyl-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-amine (146)
Figure imgf000089_0002
[0368] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 136. MS: 414.3 (M+l). [03691 Example 107: Synthesis of (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-[2-(4- methyl-[l,4]diazepan-l-yl)-ethyl]-amine (147)
Figure imgf000090_0001
[0370] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 136. MS: 428.3 (M+l).
[0371] Example 108: Synthesis of (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(2- piperidin-l-yl-ethyl)-amine (148)
Figure imgf000090_0002
[0372] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 136. MS: 399.3
(M+l).
[03731 Example 109: Synthesis of [2-(l,l-Dioxo-thiomorpholin-4-yl)-ethyl]-(5,6- diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-amine (149)
Figure imgf000090_0003
[0374] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 136. MS: 449.2(M+1).
fO3751 Example 110: Synthesis of (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(2- pyrrolidin-l-yl-ethyl)-amine (150)
[0376] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 136. MS:
385.2(M+1). 103771 Example 111: Synthesis of 5,6-diphenyl-4-[(R,-?)-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)- methyl]aminofuro[2,3-d]pyrimidine (151)
[0378] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 70. MS: 372.3
(M+l).
[03791 Example 112: Synthesis of 5,6-diphenyI-4-[(JR)-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)- methyl] amino fύro[2,3-d]pyrimidine (152)
Chiral
Figure imgf000091_0001
[0380] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 70. MS: 372.1 (M+l).
103811 Example 113: Synthesis of (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-[2-(4- methyl-piperazin-l-yl)-ethyl]-amine (153)
Figure imgf000091_0002
[0382] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 70. MS: 359.2 (M+l).
rO3831 Example 114: Synthesis of (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yI)-(2- morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-amine (154)
Figure imgf000091_0003
[0384] This compound was prepared by a method analogous to that for 70. MS: 401.2 (M+l). 103851 Example 115: Synthesis of 4-[(S)-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-methyl]amino-6-iodo- 5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (165)
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000092_0002
[0386] Step 1: (2-Chloro-2-nitro-vinyl)-benzene (160)
[0387] The title compound was prepared by the method of Dauzonne, D.; Demerseman, P. Synthesis 1990, 66-70. Benzaldehyde 158 (3.59 g, 33.8 mmol), bromonitromethane 159 (9.0 g, 64.3 mmol), dimethylamine hydrochloride (24.8 g, 304.2 mmol), potassium fluoride (spray-dried, 0.3 g, 5.08 mmol) and
Figure imgf000092_0003
(85 mL) were combined in a 250 mL round bottom flask. The flask was then connected to a Dean-Stark trap and reflux condenser and the mixture was heated at reflux with azeotropic removal of water for 24 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was decanted from the excess dimethylamine hydrochloride solids, rinsing with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane and xylenes were then removed under reduced pressure. The crude brown oil was taken up in CH2Cl2 and washed with water. The dimethylamine hydrochloride solids were taken up in 1:1 CH2Cl2/water. After removal of the organics, the aqueous fraction was extracted three times with CH2Cl2. The combined organics were dried over MgSθ4 and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (SiO2, gradient eluent: 5% CH2Cl2/hexanes to 10% CH2Cl2/hexanes to 15% CH2Cl2/hexanes) afforded pure 160 as a yellow solid (79% yield). [0388] Step 2: 5-PhenyI-3H-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-one (162)
[0389] The title compound was prepared by the method of Dauzonne, D.; Adam-Launay, A. Tetrahedron 1992, 48, 3069-3080. 4,6-Dihydroxypyrimidine 161 (3.3 g, 29.4 mmol) and 160 (5.3 g, 26.7 mmol) were combined in EtOH (absolute, 110 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 10 min to dissolve 161. DBU (8.06 mL, 53.9 mmol) was then added drop-wise. After addition of DBU the deep green-brown solution was heated at reflux for 3 h then at 600C over night. The deep red solution was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated to a thick red oil. Purification by flash chromatography (SiO2, gradient eluent: CH2Cl2 to 5% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to afford as an orange-red semisolid/oil. This material was triturated with 1.75:1 CH2Cl2/hexanes and solid 162 was isolated by Buchner filtration (~ 95% pure). Flash chromatography of the mother liquors afforded a second crop of solid 162 (>90% pure). The two crops were combined and concentrated to afford 162 as a pale orange solid (69% yield).
[0390] Step 3: 6-Iodo-5-phenyl-3H-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-one (163)
[0391] Compound 162 (1.0 g, 4.7 mmol) was dissolved in dichloroethane (50 mL) and CH3CN (50 mL) and NIS (1.7 g, 7.1 mmol) was added. The flask was equipped with a reflux condenser and the mixture was heated at reflux for 24 h. After cooling to rt and concentration, the crude reaction mixture was taken up in EtOAc and water. K2CO3 was added to raise the pH of the aqueous phase. After removal of the organic phase, the aqueous phase was extracted several times with EtOAc. The organics were then dried over Na24 and concentrated to a brown oil. Flash chromatography (SiO2, gradient eluent: 25% EtOAc/Hexanes to 100% EtOAc) afforded 163 as a pale yellow solid (83% total yield).
[0392] Step 4: 4-Chloro-6-iodo-5-phenyI-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (164)
[0393] 163 (0.8 g, 2.35 mmol) was refluxed in phosphorous oxychloride (12 mL) for 90 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated and diluted with ice-cold water, extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with water and dried over MgSO4. The organic solvent upon concentration provided a pale solid which on trituration with MeOH provided 164 as a pale solid (0.57 g, 68%).
[0394] Step 5: 4-[(S)-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-methyl]amino-6-iodo-5-phenyl- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (165) [0395] A solution of 164 (550 mg , 1.54 mmol), (S)-tetrahydrofuran-2-yl-methylamine (190 μL, 1.85 mmol), and DIEA (401 μL, 2.3 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was heated to 1000C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water, the precipitated solid was filtered and dried. MS: 422 (M+l).
[03961 Example 116: General Procedure A: Suzuki Coupling With Compound 165
[0397] A solution of 165 (100 mg, 0.24 mmol), the relevant boronic acid (0.36 mmol, where the boronic acid was not commercially available, the relevant pinacolatoboronate ester was used instead, after synthesis from the appropriate aryl iodide/bromide and bis- pinacolatodiboron under palladium catalysis), dichlorobis(diphenylphosphino- ferrocenyl)palladium [0] dichloromethane 1:1 complex (20 mg, catalytic amount), Lithium chloride (32 mg, 0.76 mmol) and sodium carbonate (0.3 mL, 2 M, 0.6 mmol) in 1 :1 toluenexthanol (8 mL) was stirred with reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water , extracted with EtOAc (2x25 mL), washed with water (2x25 mL) and dried over MgSCv The organic solvent was evaporated and residue was purified by either flash chromatography or reverse phase HPLC. Yields of 25-50% were obtained.
[0398] Example 117: Synthesis of [6-(lH-Indol-5-yl)-5-phenyI-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yI]-((5)-tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (166)
Figure imgf000094_0001
[0399] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure A): LC/MS: 411 (MH+). 1H NMR (DMSO): 11.3 (IH, s), 8.3 (1 H, s), 7.7 (1 H, s), 7.5 (5 H, m), 7.3 (2 H, m), 7.1 (IH, d), 6.4 (1 H, s), 5.05 (1 H, t), 3.8 (IH, m), 3.45 (4 H, m), 1.9-1.7 (3H, m), 1.35 ( IH, m).
[0400] Example 118: Synthesis of [6-(6-Methoxy-pyridin-3-yI)-5-phenyl-furo[2,3- d] pyrimidin-4-yI]-((5)-tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (167) [0401] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure A): LC/MS: 403 (MH+), 1H NMR (DMSO): 8.35 (1 H, s), 8.2 (1 H, s), 7.7 (1 H, dd), 7.55 (5 H, m), 6.8 (1 H, d), 5.1 (1 H, t), 3.8 (4H, m), 3.5 (4 H, m), 1.9-1.6 (3H, m), 1.4 (IH, m). 104021 Example 119: Synthesis of Morpholin-4-yl-(4-{5-phenyl-4-[(.S)-(tetrahydro- furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-phenyl)-methanone (168)
Figure imgf000095_0001
[0403] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure A): LC/MS: 485 (MH4)- 1H NMR (DMSO): 8.35 (IH, s), 7.6 (5H, m), 7.5 (2 H, d), 7.4 (2H, d), 5.1 (IH, t), 3.9 (IH, m), 3.7-3.4 (1OH, m), 1.9-1.6 (3H, m), 1.4 (IH, m).
104041 Example 120: Synthesis of [6-(6-Methoxy-naphthalen-2-yl)-5-phenyI-furo[2,3- d)pyrimidin-4-yl]-((-S)tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (169)
Figure imgf000095_0002
[0405] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure A): LC/MS: 452 (MH+)^H NMR (DMSO): 8.4 (1 H, m), 8.1 (1 H, s), 7.8 (1 H, m), 7.7 (1 H, m), 7.6 (5 H, m), 7.3 (2 H, br), 7.2 (1 H, s), 5.2 (1 H, t), 3.9 (4 H, m), 3.6 (4 H, m), 1.9-1.6 (3H, m), 1.4 (IH, m).
[04061 Example 121: Synthesis of (6-Bromo-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-((5)- tetrahydro-furan-2-yImethyl)-amine (264)
[0407] Step 1: 2-Amino-4-phenyl-furan-3-carbonitriIe (265)
[0408] To a solution of hydroxyacetophenone (10 g, 73.2 mmol) in methanol (200 mL) was added malononitrile (4.85 g, 73.4 mmol). Triethylamine (10.23 mL, 73.3 mmol) was then added slowly. The resulting dark solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The mixture was then evaporated onto silica and purified by flash column chromatography (20% acetone/hexane) to afford the product as a pale yellow solid (6.6 g, 49%).
[0409] Step 2: 5-PhenyI-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yIamine (266)
[0410] 2-Amino-3-cyano-4-phenylfuran (6.6 g, 35.8 mmol) and acetic anhydride (0.5 mL) were dissolved in formamide (100 mL). The resulting solution was heated gradually to 2000C, stirred for 1 hour and then immediately cooled to room temperature. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate (250 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (250 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (250 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (25% acetone/hexane) to give the product as a dark solid (2.5 g, 33%).
[0411] Step 3: 6-Bromo-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yIamine (267)
[0412] To 4-amino-5-phenylfuro-[2,3-d]pyrimidine (2.3 g, 10.8 mmol) dissolved in dimethylformamide (100 mL) was added N-bromosuccinimide (2.0 g, 11.2 mmol) and potassium acetate (1.1 g, 11.2 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The mixture was then partitioned between ethyl acetate (150 mL) and water (150 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (25% acetone/hexane) to give the product as a pale solid (2.0 g, 64%).
[0413] Step 4: 4-(2-(S)-Tetrahydrofuranyl)methylamino-5-phenyl-6-br<)inofuro-
[2,3-d]pyrimidine (268)
[0414] To a solution of 4-amino-5-phenyl-6-bromofuro-[2,3-d]pyrimidine (0.99 g, 3.4 mmol) in dimethyl formamide (10 mL) was added 2-(1S)-(toluenesulfonyloxymethyl)- tetrahydrofuran (0.88 g, 3.4 mmol) and sodium hydroxide powder (0.15 g, 3.8 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 12O0C for 2 h. The mixture was then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water and the organic layer washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude solid was purified by flash column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate/hexane) to yield the product as a white solid (0.48 g, 38%).
[0415] Example 122: Synthesis of 4-Di-tert-butyloxycarbonylamino-5-bromo-6- phenylfuro-[2,3-d]pyrimidine (269)
Figure imgf000096_0001
[0416] A stirred solution of 2-amino-3-cyano-5-phenylfuran (9.18 g, 49.8 mmol) in formamide was heated to 18O0C. After 3 hours, the solution was cooled to room temperature, poured into water (250 mL), and the resulting mixture filtered to afford 4-amino-6- phenylfuro-[2,3-d]pyrimidine (11.0 g, crude) as a brown solid. The solid was dissolved in acetic acid (150 mL) and bromine (6 niL, 18.7 g, 117 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was then heated to 1000C for 2 hours, cooled, and poured into sodium thiosulfate solution (250 mL, 0.5 N aq). 4-Amino-5-bromo-6-phenylfuro-[2,3-d]pyrimidine was then filtered off as a yellow solid (13.25 g, crude). A portion of this aminopyrimidine (4.48 g, crude, up to 15.4 mmol) was then dissolved in MeCN. Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (7.00 g, 32.1 mmol) was added, followed by 4-(N,N)-dimethylaminopyridine (2.00 g, 16.4 mmol). The resulting solution was allowed to stir at room temperature for 3 days, and then concentrated in vacuo to a brown oil. Flash column chromatography (SiO2, EtOAc: hexane 1:6) afforded 4- di-ter^butyloxycarbonylamino-5-bromo-6-phenylfuro-[2,3-d]pyrimidine (2.39 g, 4.34 mmol) as an off-white powder.
[04171 Example 123: General procedure B: Suzuki Coupling
Figure imgf000097_0001
[0418] A suspension of 4-di-fø^butyloxycarbonylarnino-5-bromo-6-phenylfuro-[2,3- djpyrimidine (145 mg, 0.30 mmol), the relevant boronic acid (0.60 mmol, where the boronic acid was not commercially available, the relevant pinacolatoboronate ester was used instead, after synthesis from the appropriate aryl iodide and bis-pinacolatodiboron under palladium catalysis), dichlorobis(diphenylphosphino-ferrocenyl)palladium [0] dichloromethane 1 : 1 complex (25 mg, catalytic amount) and potassium carbonate (150 mg, 1.09 mmol) in DMF: water 6:1 (3 mL) was stirred for 5 minutes at 1000C under microwave irradiation (using powerMAX™). The reaction mixture was then filtered and purified by preparative HPLC to afford the 5 -aryl substituted aminopyrimidine as a white powder (typically 30 — 60 mg).
[04191 Example 124: General procedure C: Suzuki Coupling
Figure imgf000097_0002
[0420] A suspension of 4-(2-tetrahydrofuranyl)methylamino-5-phenyl-6-bromo-furo-[2,3- d]pyrimidine (112 mg, 0.30 mmol), the relevant boronic acid (0.60 mmol, where the boronic acid was not commercially available, the relevant pinacolatoboronate ester was used instead, after synthesis from the appropriate aryl iodide and bis-pinacolatodiboron under palladium catalysis), dichlorobis(diphenylphosphino-ferrocenyl)palladium [0] dichloromethane 1 : 1 complex (25 mg, catalytic amount) and potassium carbonate (150 mg, 1.09 mmol) in DMF:water 6:1 (3 mL) was stirred for 5 minutes at 1000C under microwave irradiation (using powerMAX™). The reaction mixture was then filtered and purified by preparative HPLC to afford the 6-aryl substituted furopyrimidine as a white powder or clear oil (typically 20 - 50 mg).
104211 Example 125: General procedure D: Suzuki Coupling
Figure imgf000098_0001
[0422] A suspension of 4-amino-5-phenyl-6-bromo-furo-[2,3-d]pyrimidine (50 mg, 0.17 mmol), the relevant boronic acid (0.35 mmol, where the boronic acid was not commercially available, the relevant pinacolatoboronate ester was used instead, after synthesis from the appropriate aryl iodide and bis-pinacolatodiboron under palladium catalysis), dichlorobis(diphenylphosphinoferrocenyl)palladium [0] dichloromethane 1 :1 complex (15 mg, catalytic amount) and potassium carbonate (70 mg, 0.51 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was stirred for 5 minutes at 1000C under microwave irradiation (using powerMAX™). The reaction mixture was then filtered and purified by preparative HPLC to afford the 6-aryl substituted furopyrimidine as a white powder (typically 10 - 20 mg).
[04231 Example 126: General procedure E: Alkylation
Figure imgf000098_0002
005/022727
[0424] To a solution of the relevant aminopyrimidine (0.10 mmol) and sodium hydroxide powder (20 mg, 0.50 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added either 2- (bromomethyl)tetrahydrofuran or 2-(p-toluenesulfonyloxymethyl)tetrahydrofuran (0.20 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 5 minutes at 15O0C under microwave irradiation (using powerMAX™). The reaction mixture was then cooled, diluted with EtOAc (25 mL), extracted twice with water (10 mL), dried, concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by either flash column chromatography or preparative HPLC. Typically, yields of 25-50% were observed, and some starting material was usually recovered.
[04251 Example 127: Synthesis of [5-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-6-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin- 4-yI]-(tetrahydro-furan-2-yImethyl)amine (170)
Figure imgf000099_0001
[0426] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure B) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): 1HNMR (CDCl3): 8.57 (1 H, s), 7.75-7.21 (9 H, m), 5.28 (1 H, br s), 4.18-4.08 (1 H, m), 4.10 (3 H, s), 3.84-3.67 (4 H, m), 2.12-1.57 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 402 (MH+).
[04271 Example 128: Synthesis of [6-(4-Amino-phenyl)-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin- 4-yl]-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (171)
Figure imgf000099_0002
[0428] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): 1H NMR (d6-DMSO): 8.30 (1 H, s), 7.60 (5 H, m), 7.17 (2 H, d, J = 8 Hz)5 6.60 (2 H, d, J = 8 Hz), 5.04 (1 H, t, J = 5 Hz), 3.96 - 3.70 (3 H, m), 3.45 (2 H, t, J = 5 Hz), 1.95-1.33 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 387 (MH+). [04291 Example 129; Synthesis of {6-[4-(2-MorphoIin-4-yI-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (172)
Figure imgf000100_0001
[0430] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): 1H NMR (dδ-DMSO): 8.30 (1 H, s), 7.70 - 7.50 (5 H, m), 7.40 (2 H, d, J = 8 Hz), 6.95 (2 H, d, J = 8 Hz), 5.08 (1 H, t, J = 5 Hz), 4.35 (2 H, br t) 3.95 - 3.30 (15 H, m), 1.95-1.33 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 501 (MH+).
[04311 Example 130: Synthesis of {5-Phenyl-6-[4-(2-pyridin-4-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-(tetrahydro-furan-2-yImethyl)-amine (173)
Figure imgf000100_0002
[0432] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): 1H NMR (d6-DMSO): 8.30 (1 H, s), 7.70 - 7.40 (9 H, m), 7.32 (2 H, d, J = 8 Hz,), 6.88 (2 H, d, J = 8 Hz,), 5.02 (1 H, t, J = 5 Hz), 4.30 (3 H, m) 3.80 (2 H, m), 3.45 (2 H, m), 1.95-1.33 (6 H, m). LC/MS: 493 (MH+).
[04331 Example 131: Synthesis of (6-PhenyI-5-p-tolyI-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yI)- (tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (174)
Figure imgf000100_0003
[0434] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure B) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): LC/MS: 386 (MH+). 2005/022727
[04351 Example 132; Synthesis of (6-Phenyl-5-m-tolyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)- (tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (175)
Figure imgf000101_0001
[0436] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure B) followed by alkylation (general procedure E); LC/MS: 386 (MH+).
[04371 Example 133: Synthesis of (5-Furan-2-yl-6-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)- (tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (176)
Figure imgf000101_0002
[0438] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure B) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.39 (1 H, s), 7.62-7.30 (5 H, m), 6.55-6.40 (3 H, m), 4.12- 4.01 (1 H, m), 3.84-3.47 (4 H, m), 2.05-1.49 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 362 (MH+).
[0439] Example 134: Synthesis of (6-Phenyl-5-thiophen-2-yl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (177)
Figure imgf000101_0003
[0440] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure B) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): LC/MS: 378 (MH+). IO4411 Example 135: Synthesis of (6-Phenyl-5-thiophen-3-yl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyI)-amine (178)
Figure imgf000102_0001
[0442] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure B) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): LC/MS: 378 (MH+).
104431 Example 136: Synthesis of [6-(4-Dimethylamino-phenyl)-5-phenyl-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyI)-amine (179)
Figure imgf000102_0002
[0444] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): LC/MS: 415 (MH1").
104451 Example 137: Synthesis of 4-{5-PhenyI-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-yImethyl)- amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzonitrile (180)
Figure imgf000102_0003
[0446] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): LC/MS: 397 (MH+).
IO4471 Example 138: Synthesis of N-(4-{5-Phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)- amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-phenyl)-acetamide (181)
Figure imgf000102_0004
[0448] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): LC/MS: 429 (MH+). [0449] Example 139: Synthesis of 4-{5-Phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-yImethyl)- amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-phenol (182)
Figure imgf000103_0001
[0450] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): LC/MS: 388 (MH+).
[04511 Example 140: Synthesis of [6-(4-MethanesuIfonyl-phenyl)-5-phenyl-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (183)
Figure imgf000103_0002
[0452] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): 1H NMR (dδ-DMSO): 8.30 (1 H, s), 7.79 (2 H, d, J = 8 Hz), 7.60 - 7.40 (7 H, m), 5.12 (1 H, t, J = 5 Hz), 3.80 (2 H, m), 3.60 - 3.40 (3 H5 m), 1.95-1.33 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 450 (MH+).
[04531 Example 141: Synthesis of (5-Furan-3-yl-6-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)- (tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (184)
[0454] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure B) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.33 (1 H, s,), 7.61-7.18 (7 H, m), 6.48-6.44 (1 H, m), 5.43 (1 H, br s), 4.01-3.90 (1 H, m), 3.72-3.38 (4 H, m), 1.92-1.43 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 362 (MH+).
[04551 Example 142: Synthesis of [5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-6-phenyl-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yI]-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (185)
Figure imgf000103_0003
[0456] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure B) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.57 (1 H, s), 7.75-7.21 (9 H, m), 5.28 (1 H, br s), 4.18-4.08 (1 H, m), 4.10 (3 H, s), 3.84-3.67 (4 H, m), 2.12-1.57 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 402 (MH+). [04571 Example 143; Synthesis of [5-(3-Methoxy-phenyl)-6-phenyl-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyI)-amine (186)
Figure imgf000104_0001
[0458] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure B) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): LC/MS: 402 (MH+).
[0459] Example 144: Synthesis of 4-{5-Phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-yImethyI)- amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzenesuIfonamide (187)
Figure imgf000104_0002
[0460] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): LC/MS: 451 (MH+).
[04611 Example 145: Synthesis of N-Furan-2-ylmethyl-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro- furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzamide (188)
Figure imgf000104_0003
[0462] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure D) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): 1HNMR (CDCl3): 8.32 (1 H, s), 7.62-7.29 (9 H, m), 6.27-6.16 (3H, m), 5.01 (1 H, br s), 4.53 (2 H, d, J4 Hz), 3.88-3.79 (1 H, m), 3.60-3.41 (4 H, m), 1.85-1.35 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 495 (MH+). [04631 Example 146: Synthesis of [5-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-6-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin- 4-yl]-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (189)
Figure imgf000105_0001
[0464] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure B) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.48 (1 H, s,), 7.55-7.21 (9 H, m), 5.32 (1 H, br s), 3.95-3.82 (1 H, m), 3.70-3.45 (4 H, m,), 1.95-1.39 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 390 (MH*).
[04651 Example 147: Synthesis of [5-(3-Fluoro-phenyl)-6-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin- 4-yl]-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (190)
Figure imgf000105_0002
[0466] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure B) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): 1HNMR (CDCl3): 8.42 (1 H5 s,), 7.54-7.14 (9 H, m), 5.27 (1 H, br s), 3.96-3.85 (1 H, m), 3.71-3.40 (4 H, m,), 1.94-1.39 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 390 (MH+).
[04671 Example 148: Synthesis of [5-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-6-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin- 4-yl]-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (191)
Figure imgf000105_0003
[0468] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure B) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.35 (1 H, s,), 7.39-7.08 (9 H, m), 5.21 (1 H, br s), 3.86-3.76 (1 H, m), 3.65-3.34 (4 H, m,), 1.88-1.27 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 390 (MH+). [04691 Example 149: Synthesis of N,N-Dimethyl-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2- ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzenesuIfonamide (192)
Figure imgf000106_0001
[0470] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure D) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): 1HNMR (CDCl3): 8.43 (1 H, s), 7.63-7.43 (9 H, m), 5.25 (1 H, br s), 3.92-3.81 (1 H, m), 3.65-3.42 (4 H, m), 2.68 (6 H, s), 1.92-1.35 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 479 (MH+).
[0471] Example 150: Synthesis of N-(2-Methoxy-ethyl)-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro- furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yI}-benzamide (193)
Figure imgf000106_0002
[0472] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure D) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): 1HNMR (CDCl3): 8.39 (1 H, s), 7.62-7.38 (9 H, m), 6.41 & 5.24 (2 x 1 H, 2 x br s,), 3.89-3.79 (1 H, m), 3.63-3.38 (8 H, m), 3.31 (3 H, s), 1.88-1.31 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 473 (MH+).
104731 Example 151: Synthesis of N-(2-Morpholin-4-yI-ethyI)-4-{5-phenyl-4- [(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzamide (194)
Figure imgf000106_0003
[0474] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure D) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.39 (1 H, s), 8.18 (1 H, br s), 7.67-7.34 (9 H, m), 5.22 (1 H, br s), 3.94-3.25 (17 H, m), 1.85-1.31 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 528 (MH+). [04751 Example 152: Synthesis of N-Isopropyl-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2- ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yI}-benzenesuIfonamide (195)
Figure imgf000107_0001
[0476] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure D) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): LC/MS: 493 (MH+).
Example 153: Synthesis of N-Furan-2-yImethyl-4-{5-phenyI-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2- ylmethyI)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzenesulfonamide (196)
Figure imgf000107_0002
[0477] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure D) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.34 (1 H, s), 7.65-7.37 (9 H, m), 7.12 (1 H, app. S), 6.12- 5.88 (2H, m), 5.05 & 5.83 (2 x 1 H, 2 x br s, 2 x NH), 4.11 (2 H, d, J4 Hz), 3.88-3.77 (1 H, m), 3.60-3.38 (4 H, m,), 1.86-1.54 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 531 (MH+).
[04781 Example 154: Synthesis of N-Methyl-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2- yImethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzenesulfonamide (197)
Figure imgf000107_0003
[0479] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure D) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.41 (1 H, s), 7.68-7.34 (9 H, m), 5.30 & 4.25 (2 x 1 H, 2 x br s, 2 x NH), 3.90-3.80 (1 H, m), 3.64-3.42 (4 H, m,), 2.58 (3 H, s), 1.90-1.28 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 465 (MH+). 104801 Example 155: Synthesis of (4-Methyl-piperazin-l-yl)-(4-{5-phenyI-4-
[(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yI}-phenyl)-methanone
(198)
Figure imgf000108_0001
[0481] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.34 (1 H, s,), 7.52-7.24 (9 H, m), 5.07 (1 H, br s), 3.90-3.79 (1 H, m), 3.74-3.32 (12 H, m), 2.70 (3 H, s), 1.90-1.35 (4 H5 m). LC/MS: 498 (MH+).
[04821 Example 156: Synthesis of {6-[4-(4-Methyl-piperazine-l-suIfonyl)-phenyl]-5- phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (199)
Figure imgf000108_0002
[0483] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.34 (1 H, s), 7.62-7.38 (9 H, m), 5.08 (1 H, br s), 3.88-3.77 (1 H, m), 3.60-3.47 (12 H, m), 2.70 (3 H, s), 1.89-1.28 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 534 (MH+).
[04841 Example 157: Synthesis of l-(4-{5-Phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)- amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidin-4-ol (200)
Figure imgf000108_0003
[0485] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.32 (1 H, s), 7.68-7.25 (9 H, m), 5.01 (1 H, br s), 3.89-3.79 (1 H, m), 3.78-3.64 (1 H, m), 3.62-3.39 (4 H, m,), 3.28-3.16 & 2.2.86-2.74 (2 x 2 H, 2 x m), 1.89-1.27 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 535 (MH+). 104861 Example 156: Synthesis of N-(2-Methoxy-ethyl)-4-{5-phenyI-4-[(tetrahydro- furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzenesulfonamide (206)
Figure imgf000109_0001
[0487] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.43 (1 H, s), 7.75-7 '.42 (9 H, m), 5.31 & 4.84 (2 x 1 H, 2 x br s), 3.96-3.85 (1 H, m), 3.70-3.37 (6 H, m), 3.25 (3 H, s), 3.16-3.07 (2 H, m), 1.94-1.38 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 509 (MH").
[04881 Example 157: Synthesis of N-(trans-4-Hydroxy-cyclohexyl)-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(5)- (tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzenesulfonamide
(207)
Figure imgf000109_0002
[0489] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.29 (1 H, s), 7.59-7.22 (9 H, m), 5.19 (1 H, br s), 4.07-3.98 & 3.76-3.66 (2 x 1 H, 2 x m), 3.49-3.25 (5 H, m), 1.74-1.01 (12 H, m). LC/MS: 549 (MH+).
[04901 Example 158: Synthesis of N-(3-Morpholin-4-yl-propyl)-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(5)- (tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzenesulfonamide
(208)
Figure imgf000109_0003
[0491] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.41 (1 H, s), 7.65-7.43 (9 H, m), 6.08-5.91 & 4.84 (2 x 1 H, 2 x br s), 3.99-3.80 (5 H, m), 3.61-3.38 (6 H, m), 3.20-3.10 & 3.00-2.89 (2 x 2 H, 2 x t, J 7 Hz, 6 Hz), 2.01-1.30 (6 H, m). LC/MS: 578 (MH+). rO4921 Example 159: Synthesis of N,N-DimethyI-4-{5-phenyI-4-[(5)-(tetrahydro-furan- 2-yImethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzamide (209)
Figure imgf000110_0001
[0493] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.41 (1 H, s), 7.54-7.16 (9 H, m), 6.82 & 5.34 (2 x 1 H, br s), 3.93-3.83 (1 H, m), 3.67-3.41 (4 H, m), 3.04 & 2.91 (6 H, s), 1.91-1.33 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 443 (MH+).
K)4941 Example 160: Synthesis of N-Methyl-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(5)-(tetrahydro-furan-2- yImethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzamide (210)
Figure imgf000110_0002
[0495] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.54 (1 H, s), 7.72-7.58 (9 H, m), 6.25 & 5.40 (2 x 1 H, br s), 4.05-3.96 (1 H, m), 3.79-3.55 (4 H, m), 3.08 (3 H, d, J 5 Hz), 2.02-1.46 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 429 (MH+).
[04961 Example 161: Synthesis of (4-Hydroxy-piperidin-l-yl)-(4-{5-phenyl-4-[(5)-
(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-phenyl)-methanone
(211)
Figure imgf000110_0003
[0497] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): LC/MS: 499 (MH+).
[04981 Example 162: Synthesis of 4-{5-Phenyl-4-[(,S)-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)- amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-N-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-benzenesulfonamide (212)
Figure imgf000110_0004
[0499] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure C): 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.40 (1 H, s), 7.52-7.14 (9 H, m), 5.27 (1 H, br s), 4.12-3.96 (1 H, m), 3.94-3.10 (6 H, m, 2 x), 1.95-1.33 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 542 (MH").
105001 Example 163: Synthesis of [l,3]Dioxolan-2-ylmethyl-(5,6-diphenyl-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-amine (213)
Figure imgf000111_0001
[0501] A stirred mixture of 4-amino-5,6-diphenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidine (100 mg, 0.34 mmol), 2-bromomethyl-l,3-dioxolane (116 mg, 0.69 mmol) and sodium hydroxide granules (42 mg, 1.05 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL) was heated at 15O0C for 1 hour. The resulting mixture was filtered and purified by preparative HPLC to give a beige solid (73 mg). 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.50 (1 H, s), 7.62 - 7.49 (7 H, m), 7.32-7.25 (3 H, m), 5.70 (1 H, br s), 5.00 (1 H, br s), 3.85 - 3.63 (6 H, m). LC/MS: 374 (MH+).
[05021 Example 164: Synthesis of [l,3]Dioxolan-2-ylmethyI-{6-[4-(2-morphoIin-4-yI- ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine (214)
Figure imgf000111_0002
[0503] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure D) followed by alkylation (general procedure E using 2-(bromomethyl)dioxolane instead of 2 (tosyloxymethyl)-tetrahydrofuran). LC/MS: 503 (MH+).
[05041 Example 165: Synthesis of {6-[4-(2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (215)
Figure imgf000111_0003
[0505] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure D) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): LC/MS: 501 (MH+).
105061 Example 166; Synthesis of (5-Phenyl-6-thiophen-2-yl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (216)
Figure imgf000112_0001
[0507] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure D) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): 1H NMR: (CDCl3): 8.42 (1 H5 s), 7.60-7.40 (5 H, m), 7.25 (1 H, d, J = 3 Hz), 7.22 (1 H, d, J = 2 Hz), 6.88 (1 H, dd, J = 3 Hz, 2 Hz), 5.47 (1 H, br s), 3.90-3.80 (1 H, m), 3.70-3.40 (4 H, m,), 1.90-1.35 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 378 (MH+).
[05081 Example 167: Synthesis of (6-Furan-2-yI-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)- (tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (217)
Figure imgf000112_0002
[0509] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure D) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): 1H NMR: (CDCl3): 8.45 (1 H, s), 7.55-7.40 (5 H, br s), 7.30 (1 H, s), 6.59 (1 H, d, J = 2 Hz), 6.33 (1 H, d, J = 2 Hz), 5.53 (1 H, br s), 3.95-3.83 (1 H, m), 3.70-3.40 (4 H, m), 1.95-1.25 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 362 (MH+).
[0510] Example 168; Synthesis of [6-(4-Methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-5-phenyl-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (218)
Figure imgf000112_0003
[0511] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure D) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): 1H NMR: (CDCl3): 8.34 (1 H, s), 7.76 (2 H, d, J = 11 Hz), 7.62 (2 H, d, J = 11 Hz), 7.58-7.48 (3 H, m), 7.46-7.39 (2 H, m), 5.06 (1 H, br t, J = 5 Hz), 3.95-3.83 (1 H, m), 3.60-3.45 (4 H, m, ), 3.38 (3 H, s), 1.85-1.40 (4 H, m). LC/MS: 450 (MH+).
[05121 Example 169; Synthesis of (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyriinidin-4-yl)-(2-methyI- [l,3]dioxolan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (219)
Figure imgf000113_0001
[0513] A stirred mixture of 4-amino-5,6-diphenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidine (50 mg, 0.17 mmol), 2-bromomethyl-2-rnethyl-[l,3]dioxolane (prepared according to Visweswariah et al., Synthesis, 1982, 4, 309-310) (38 mg, 0.21 mmol) and sodium hydroxide granules (21 mg, 0.53 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was heated in a microwave at 120°C for 5 minutes. The resulting mixture was filtered and purified by preparative HPLC to give a beige solid (9 mg). 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.39 (1 H, s), 7.52 - 7.41 (7 H, m), 7.23-7.18 (3 H, m), 5.05 (1 H, br s), 3.77 - 3.63 (4 H, m), 3.50 (2 H, m), 1.19 (3 H, s). LC/MS: 388 (MH+).
10514] Example 170: Synthesis of {5-Phenyl-6-[4-(2-piperidin-l-yI-ethoxy)-phenyl]- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine (220)
Figure imgf000113_0002
[0515] Prepared by Suzuki coupling (general procedure D) followed by alkylation (general procedure E): 1H NMR: (CDCl3): 8.38 (1 H, s), 7.60-7.35 (7 H, m), 6.74 (2 H, d, J = 10 Hz), 5.20 (1 H, br s), 4.34-4.27 (2 H, m) 3.90-3.80 (1 H, m), 3.70-3.30 (6 H, m), 2.80-2.65 (4 H, m), 2.00-1.25 (10 H, m). LC/MS: 499 (MH+).
[05161 Example 171: Synthesis of Tetrahydrothiophene Derivatives
[0517] Step 1: (2,5-Dichloro-pentyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (221) [0518] 2,5-Dichloroamylamine hydrochloride (5.0 g, 26 mmol) was stirred in MeOH (250 mL) and K2CO3 (7.60 g, 55 mmol) was added, followed by di-'butyl dicarbonate (7.10 g, 32.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours before the MeOH was evaporated. The residue was partitioned between diethyl ether (200 mL) and water (100 mL) and separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (50 mL) and the combined organic solvents were washed with brine (2 x 50 mL) and dried over MgSU4. Evaporation of the solvents afforded 221 as a viscous yellow oil (6.4 g, 96 %), which was used without further purification.
[0519] Step 2: (Tetrahydro-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
(222)
[0520] A solution of N-tbutoxycarbonyl-2.5-dichloroamylamine 221 (1.75 g, 6.8 mmol) in MeOH (70 mL) was stirred at rt and sodium sulphide nonahydrate (3 g, 12.5 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated at reflux for 1 hour, when TLC indicated that starting material was still present. Further sodium sulphide nonahydrate (1.5 g, 6 mmol) was added and reflux was continued for 5 hours. The MeOH was evaporated and the residue partitioned between water (50 mL) and DCM (100 mL). The layers were separated and the DCM washed with water (20 mL), 0.25 M HCl (20 mL) and brine (20 mL) and dried over MgSO4. Evaporation of the solvents gave 222 as a pale yellow solid (1.48 g, quant.) which was used without further purification.
[0521] Step 3: C-(Tetrahydro-thiophen-2-yl)-methyIamine (223)
[0522] A solution of 2-[(N-tbutoxycarbonlylamino)methyl]-tetrahydrothiophene 222 (500 mg, 2.3 mmol) in DCM (25 mL) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (10 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h before the DCM and excess TFA were removed under reduced pressure. The oily residue was triturated with diethyl ether to afford 223 as its trifluoroacetate salt (440 mg, 1.9 mmol, 83 %) as an off-white solid, which was used without further purification.
[0523] Step 4: 1(R/S), 2(RIS)- (l-Oxo-tetrahydro-thiophen-2-yImethyl)- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (224); l(l?ΛS),2(,S'//.)-(l-Oxo-tetrahydro-thiophen-2- ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (225); and (l,l-Dioxo-tetrahydro-lλδ-thiophen- 2-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (226) [0524] A solution of 2-[(N-tbutoxycarbonlylamino)methyl]-tetrahydrothiophene 222 (250 mg, 1.15 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) was stirred at rt and m-CPBA (500 mg, 2.9 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 18 h, when TLC indicated the consumption of starting material and the presence of three new compounds. The mixture was diluted with DCM (30 mL) and washed with sat. NaHCO3 (2 x 10 mL), water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL). After drying over MgSθ4, the solution was evaporated onto SiO2 and purified by column chromatography, eluting with 3:1 to 1:1 cyclohexane/acetone and finally acetone to afford the sulfone 226 (98 mg, 0.39 mmol, 34%), the anti sulfoxide 225 (89 mg, 0.38 mmol, 33%) and the syn sulfoxide 224 (43 mg, 0.18 mmol, 16 %).
[0525] Step 5A: 1(R/S), 2(R/S)-C-(l-Oxo-tetrahydro-thiophen-2-yl)-methylamine (227)
[0526] Prepared as its TFA salt from the BOC-protected amine 224 in a similar manner to
223.
[0527] Step 5B: 1(R/S), 2(S/R)-C-(l-Oxo-tetrahydro-thiophen-2-yl)-methylamine
(228)
[0528] Prepared as its TFA salt from the BOC-protected amine 225 in a similar manner to
223.
[0529] Step 5C: C-(l,l-Dioxo-tetrahydro-lλ6-thiophen-2-yl)-methylamine (229)
[0530] Prepared as its TFA salt from the BOC-protected amine 226 in a similar manner to
223.
[0531] Example 172: Synthesis of (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)- (tetrahydro-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine (230)
[0532] A mixture of (tetrahydrothiophen-2-yl)methylammonium trifluoroacetate 223 (60 mg, 0.25 mmol) and 4-bromo-5,6-diphenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidine 69 (46 mg, 0.15 mmol) was stirred in n-butanol (2 mL) and DIPEA (0.25 mL) was added. The mixture was heated at reflux for 1 hour, cooled and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography to afford 230 (44 mg, 73%) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.32 (IH, s); 7.56 - 7.40 (7H, m); 7.23 - 7.15 (3H, m); 5.00 (IH, br t, J= 4 Hz); 3.69 - 3.60 (IH, m); 3.55 - 3.35 (2H, m); 2.75 - 2.60 (2H, m); 1.95 - 1.75 (3H, m) and 1.60 - 1.48 (IH, m). [0533] LC/MS: 388 (MH+).
[05341 Example 173: Synthesis of (l,l-Dioxo-tetrahydro-lλ6-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-(5,6- diphenyl-furo[2,3-d] pyrimidin-4-yl)-amine (231) [0535] A solution of 4-(2-tetrahydrothiophenyl)methylamino-5,6-diphenylfuro[2,3- d]pyrimidine 230 (15 mg, 0.04 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was stirred at rt and mCPBA (34 mg, 0.2 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 18 hours, diluted with DCM (10 mL) and washed with sat. NaHCO3 (2 x 5 mL), water (5 mL) and brine (5 mL) and dried over MgSU4. Evaporation of the solvents and purification of the residue by column chromatography afforded the sulfone 231 as a yellow solid (12 mg, 73%). 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.32 (IH, s); 7.45 (7H, br s); 7.20 (3H, br s); 5.33 (IH, br t, J= 4 Hz); 4.15 - 4.02 (IH, m); 3.58 - 3.44 (IH, m); 3.38 - 3.25 (IH, m); 3.08 - 2.98 and 2.88 - 2.75 (IH each, 2 x m); 2.36 - 2.24 (IH, m), 2.12 - 1.90 (2H, m) and 1.78 - 1.63 (IH, m). LC/MS: 420 (MH+).
[05361 Example 174: Synthesis of {6-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-(tetrahydro-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine (233) [0537] Prepared as for 230 except that {2-[4-(4-Chloro-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-dimethyl-amine 232 was used as starting material. The product was purified by preparative HPLC to afford the aminopyrimidine 233 as a brown oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.40 (IH, s); 7.56 - 7.48 (3H, m); 7.45 - 7.30 (4H, m); 6.70 (2H, d, J= 10 Hz); 5.42 (IH, br s); 4.32 - 4.26 (2H, m); 3.68 - 3.62 (IH, m); 3.52 - 3.35 (4H, m); 2.87 (6H, s); 2.75 - 2.65 (IH, m) and 2.63 - 2.54 (IH, m); 1.95 - 1.78(3H, m) and 1.50 - 1.40 (IH, m). LC/MS: 475 (MH+).
[05381 Example 175: Synthesis of {6-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-(l,l-dioxo-tetrahydro-lλ6-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine (234) [0539] Prepared by the method of 233 using (1,1 -Dioxotetrahydrothiophen-2- yl)methylammonium trifluoroacetate (229). 1H NMR (D2O): 8.28 (IH, s); 7.62 (3H, br s); 7.52 - 7.40 (4H, m); 6.94 (2H, d, J= 10 Hz); 4.42 - 4.34 (2H, m); 3.84 (IH, dd, J= 12, 6 Hz); 3.72 (IH, dd, J= 12, 8 Hz); 3.20 - 3.01 (2H, m); 3.54 - 3.43 (IH, m); 3.35 - 3.23 (IH, m); 3.15 - 3.09 (IH, m); 3.00 (6H, s); 2.48 - 2.35 (IH, m), 2.30 - 2.15 (2H, m) and 1.90 - 1.78 (IH, m). LC/MS: 507 (MH+).
[0540] Example 187: Synthesis of {6-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-(l(R/S),2(S/R) -l-oxo-tetrahydro-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine
(235) [0541] Prepared by the method of 233 using 1 (JRZS), 2(SZR) (1 -oxotetrahydrothiophen-2- yl)methylammonium trifluoroacetate (225). 1H NMR (D2O): 7.90 (IH, s); 7.45 - 7.32 (3H, m); 7.15 - 7.03 (4H, m); 6.62 (2H, d, J= 10 Hz); 4.20 (2H5 br s); 3.58 - 3.30 (4H, m); 3.08 - 2.95 (2H, m); 2.83 (6H, s); 2.80 - 2.75 (IH, m); 2.28 - 2.15 (IH, m), 2.09 - 1.85 (2H, m) and 1.68 - 1.58 (IH, m). LC/MS: 491 (MH+).
[05421 Example 104: Synthesis of {6-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-(l(R/S), 2(R/S)-l-oxo-tetrahydro-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine (236)
[0543] Prepared by the method of 233 using 1 (R/S), 2(JRZS) (1 -oxotetrahydrothiophen-2- yl)methylammonium trifluoroacetate (224). 1H NMR (D2O): 7.93 (IH, s); 7.47 - 7.38 (3H, m); 7.25 - 7.19 (2H, m); 7.12 (2H, d, J= 10 Hz); 6.63 (2H, d, J= 10 Hz); 4.16 (2H, br t, J= 3 Hz); 3.56 - 3.40 (3H, m); 3.25 - 3.12 (2H, m); 2.83 (7H, s); 2.77 - 2.65 (IH, m); 2.32 - 2.09 (3H, m) and 1.45 - 1.33 (IH, m). LC/MS: 491 (MH+).
[0544] ' Analytical methods
[0545] Unless otherwise indicated all HPLC analyses were run on an HP-1000 or HP-1050 system with an HP Zorbax SB-Qg (5μ) reverse phase column (4.6 x 150mm) run at 30 0C with a flow rate of 1.00 mL/min. The mobile phase used solvent A (H2O/0.1% TFA) and solvent B (CH3CN/0.1% TFA) with a 20 min gradient from 10% to 90% CH3CN. The gradient was followed by a 2 min return to 10% CH3CN and a 3 min flush.
[0546] LC-MS methods:
[0547] Unless otherwise noted, the LC-MS analysis of exemplary compounds, intermediates and starting materials described here were conducted using one or both of the following two methods:
[0548] Method A: Samples were run on an HP-1100 system with an HP Zorbax SB-C8 (5 μ) reverse phase column (4.6 x 50mm) run at 3O0C with a flow rate of 0.75 mL/min. The mobile phase used solvent A (H2OA).1% AcOH) and solvent B (CH3CN/0.1% AcOH) with a 10 min gradient from 10% to 90% CH3CN. The gradient was followed by a 1 min return to 10%
CH3CN and a 2 min flush. [0549] Method B: Samples were run on an HP-1100 system with an HP Zorbax SB-C8 (5 μ) reverse phase column (4.6 x 50mm) run at 3O0C with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min. The mobile phase used solvent A (H2OA).1% AcOH) and solvent B (CH3CN/0.1% AcOH) with a 5 min gradient from 10% to 90% CH3CN. The gradient was followed by a 0.5 min return to 10% CH3CN and a 1.5 min flush.
[0550] Proton NMR Spectra:
[0551] Unless otherwise indicated all 1H NMR spectra were run on an Varian series Mercury 300 or 400 MHz instrument, or Bruker 400 MHz instrument. All observed protons are reported as parts per million (ppm) downfield from tetramethylsilane (TMS) or other internal reference in the appropriate solvent indicated.
[0552] Biological Assays
[0553] The following assays can be employed to determine the degree of activity of a compound as a protein kinase inhibitor. Compounds described herein have been tested in one or more of these assays, and have shown activity. Representative compounds of the invention were tested and found to exhibit IC50 values of at least < 10 μM in any one of the described assays, thereby demonstrating and confirming the utility of the compounds of the invention as protein kinase inhibitors and in the prophylaxis and treatment of immune diseases, hyperproliferative disorders, etc.
[0554] LCK-Homogeneous Time Resolved Fluorescent (HTRF) Kinase Assay [0555] The LCK HTRF assay begins with LCK in the presence of ATP phosphorylating the biotinylated peptide Gastrin. The reaction incubates for 90 min. To quench the assay detection reagents are added which both stop the reaction by diluting out the enzyme and chelating the metals due to the presence of EDTA. Once the detection reagents are added the assay incubates for 30 min to allow for equilibration of the detection reagents. [0556] The LCK HTRF assay is comprised of 10 μL of compound in 100% DMSO, 15 μL of ATP and biotinylated Gastrin, and 15 μL of LCK KD GST (225-509) for a final volume of 40 μL. The final concentration of gastrin is 1.2μM. The final concentration of ATP is 0.5μM (Km app= 0.6μM+/-0.1) and the final concentration of LCK is 25OpM. Buffer conditions are as follows: 5OmM HEPES pH 7.5, 5OmM NaCl, 2OmM MgCl, 5mM MnCl, 2mM DTT, 0.05% BSA. [0557] The assay is quenched and stopped with 160 μL of a detection reagent. Detection reagents are as follows: Buffer made of 5OmM Tris, pH 7.5, 10OmM NaCl, 3mM EDTA, 0.05% BSA, 0.1% Tween20. Added to this buffer prior to reading is Steptavidin allophycocyanin (SA-APC) at a final concentration in the assay of 0.0004 mg/mL, and europilated anti-phosphotyrosine Ab (Eu-anti-PY) at a final concentration of 0.025nM. [0558] The assay plate is read in either a Discovery or a RubyStar. The eu-anti-PY is excited at 320 nm and emits at 615 nm to excite the SA-APC which in turn emits at 655 nm. The ratio of SA-APC at 655 nm (excited due to close proximity to the Eu-anti-PY because of phosphorylation of the peptide) to free Eu-anti-PY at 615 nm will give substrate phosphorylation.
[0559] Assays for other kinases are done in a similar way as described above, varying the concentrations of enzyme, peptide substrate, and ATP added to the reaction, depending on the specific activity of the kinase and measured Km's for the substrates.
[0560] Exemplary compounds 3-12 and 19-104 exhibited an average IC5O value of 25//M or less in a human HTRF assay, for the inhibition of the Lck kinase enzyme. Many of exemplary compounds exhibited activity in the human HTFR assay for the inhibition of the Lck kinase enzyme.
[0561] Human mixed lymphocyte reaction (huMLR):
[0562] The purpose of this assay is to test the potency of T cell activation inhibitors in an in vitro model of allogeneic T cell stimulation. Human peripheral blood lymphocytes (hPBL; 2xlO5/well) are incubated with mitomycin C-treated B lymphoblastoid cells (JY cell line; lxlO5/well) as allogeneic stimulators in the presence or absence of dilutions of potential inhibitor compound in 96-well round-bottom tissue culture plates. These cultures are incubated at 37 0C in 5% CO2 for 6 days total. The proliferative response of the hPBL is measured by 3H-thymidine incorporation overnight between days 5 and 6 after initiation of culture. Cells are harvested onto glass fiber filters and 3H-thymidine incorporation into DNA is analyzed by liquid scintillation counter.
[0563] Jurkat proliferation/survival assay
[0564] The purpose of this assay is to test the general anti-proliferative/cytotoxic effect of compounds on the Jurkat human T cell line. Jurkat cells (lxlO5/well) are plated in 96-well flat-bottom tissue culture plates with or without compound dilutions and cultured for 72 h at 37 0C in 5% CO2. Viable cell number is determined during the last 4 h of culture by adding 10 μL/well WST-I dye. WST-I dye conversion relies on active mitochondrial electron transport for reduction of the tetrazolium dye. The dye conversion is read by OD at 450-600 nm.
[0565] Anti-CD3/CD28-induced T cell IL-2 secretion and proliferation assay [0566] The purpose of this assay is to test the potency of T cell receptor (TCR; CD3) and CD28 signaling pathway inhibitors in human T cells. T cells are purified from human peripheral blood lymphocytes (hPBL) and pre-incubated with or without compound prior to stimulation with a combination of an anti-CD3 and an anti-CD28 antibody in 96-well tissue culture plates (IxIO5T cells/well). Cells are cultured for -20 h at 37 0C in 5% CO2, then secreted BL-2 in the supernatants is quantified by cytokine ELISA (Pierce/Endogen). The cells remaining in the wells are then pulsed with 3H~thymidine overnight to assess the T cell proliferative response. Cells are harvested onto glass fiber filters and 3H-thymidine incorporation into DNA is analyzed by liquid scintillation counter. For comparison purposes, phorbol myristic acid (PMA) and calcium ionophore can be used in combination to induce IL- 2 secretion from purified T cells. Potential inhibitor compounds can be tested for inhibition of this response as described above for anti-CD3 and -CD28 antibodies.
[0567] ACKl enzymatic assay
[0568] IC50 values of compounds of Formulae I-V may be assessed as follows. The ACKl kinase assay utilizes a protein expressed in baculovirus infected Hi-5 cells (a fusion of an N- terminal (His)6 Tag with amino acids 117 to 489 of ACKl) purified by affinity chromatography on a Ni-NTA column. The substrate for the reaction is ACKl itself (autophosphorylation) and poly-Glutamic acid-Tyrosine (PGT (4:1), Sigma catalog #PO275). The PGT is coated to Nunc 96 well plates at 80 μg/mL overnight at 40C. The morning after coating, the plates are washed twice, and 80 μL reaction buffer (10 mM Hepes, pH 7.6; 20 mM MgCl2; 75 mM NaCl, 0.125% TWEEN20 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate); 1 mM DTT) with 5 μM ATP are added to each well. Test compounds are added in 10 μL DMSO, and the reaction is started by addition of 10 μL kinase in assay buffer. The reaction proceeds 2 h at room temperature. Next, the plates are washed four times, and the level of tyrosine phosphorylation in a given well is quantified by standard ELISA assay utilizing a phosphotyrosine antibody (PY20, Pierce). The above compounds that have been evaluated exhibited an IC50 value of less than about 30 μM with respect to ACKl. [0569] ACKl cell based assay
[0570] The ACKl cell based assay is designed to find inhibitors of ACKl kinase activity which would be prime candidates for the development of anticancer drugs. The assay is based on the dependence of certain transformed cell lines (e.g. C8 cells, a Ras and ElA transformed fibroblast line) on ACKl for survival under low serum conditions, whereas other cell lines (e.g. HeLa) do not. This dependency was confirmed utilizing ACKl specific siRNAs.
[0571] For this assay, test (C8) and control (HeLa) cell lines are seeded in 96 well tissue culture plates (BD Falcon) at a density of 2 to 4 x 104 in DMEM/F12 (C8) or DMEM (HeLa) with 0.125% FCS in the presence of ACKl inhibitors (final DMSO concentration is 0.5%, all tissue culture media are from Cellgro). After 20 to 24 h incubation at 37°C and 5% CO2, cell viability is determined using the Cytotox One kit (Promega) according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Methods of Use
[0572] For the treatment of Lck-mediated diseases, ACK-I mediated diseases and/or other diseases listed above, the compounds of the present invention may be administered by several different modes, including without limitation, oral, parental, by spray inhalation, rectal, or topical, as discussed herein. The term parenteral as used herein, includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrasternal, infusion techniques or intraperitoneal administration. [0573] Treatment of diseases and disorders herein is intended to also include therapeutic administration of a compound of the invention (or a pharmaceutical salt, derivative or prodrug thereof) or a pharmaceutical composition containing said compound to a subject (i.e., an animal, for example a mammal, such as a human) believed to be in need of preventative treatment, such as, for example, pain, inflammation and the like. Treatment also encompasses administration of the compound or pharmaceutical composition to subjects not having been diagnosed as having a need thereof, i.e., prophylactic administration to the subject. Generally, the subject is initially diagnosed by a licensed physician and/or authorized medical practitioner, and a regimen for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatment via administration of the compound(s) or compositions of the invention is suggested, recommended or prescribed. [0574] "Treating" or "treatment of within the context of the instant invention, means an alleviation, in whole or in part, of symptoms associated with a disorder or disease, or halt of further progression or worsening of those symptoms, or prevention or prophylaxis of the disease or disorder. Similarly, as used herein, an "effective amount" or "therapeutically effective amount" of a compound of the invention refers to an amount of the compound that alleviates, in whole or in part, symptoms associated with a disorder or disease, or halts of further progression or worsening of those symptoms, or prevents or provides prophylaxis for the disease or disorder. For example, within the context of treating patients in need of an inhibitor of ACKl, successful treatment may include a reduction in tumor adhesion and anchorage; an alleviation of symptoms related to a cancerous growth or tumor, or proliferation of diseased tissue; a halting in the progression of a disease such as cancer or in the growth of cancerous cells.
[0575] While it may be possible to administer a compound of the invention alone, in the methods described, the compound administered is generally present as an active ingredient in a desired dosage unit formulation, such as pharmaceutically acceptable composition containing conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Thus, in another embodiment of the invention, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of this invention in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Acceptable pharmaceutical carriers generally include diluents, excipients, adjuvants and the like as described herein.
[0576] A pharmaceutical composition of the invention may comprise an effective amount of a compound of the invention or an effective dosage amount of a compound of the invention. An effective dosage amount of a compound of the invention includes an amount less than, equal to, or greater than an effective amount of the compound. For example, a pharmaceutical composition in which two or more unit dosages, such as in tablets, capsules and the like, are required to administer an effective amount of the compound, or alternatively, a multi-dose pharmaceutical composition, such as powders, liquids and the like, in which an effective amount of the compound may be administered by administering a portion of the composition. [0577] The pharmaceutical compositions may generally be prepared by mixing one or more compounds of Formulae I-V including stereoisomersor tautomers, solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, derivatives or prodrugs thereof, with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, binders, adjuvants, diluents and the like, to form a desired administrable formulation to treat or ameliorate a variety of disorders related to the activity of Lck, particularly inflammation, or related to the activity ACK-I, particularly cancer. [0578] Pharmaceutical compositions can be manufactured by methods well known in the art such as conventional granulating, mixing, dissolving, encapsulating, lyophilizing, emulsifying or levigating processes, among others. The compositions can be in the form of, for example, granules, powders, tablets, capsules, syrup, suppositories, injections, emulsions, elixirs, suspensions or solutions. The instant compositions can be formulated for various routes of administration, for example, by oral administration, by transmucosal administration, by rectal administration, or subcutaneous administration as well as intrathecal, intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, intraocular or intraventricular injection. The compound or compounds of the instant invention can also be administered in a local rather than a systemic fashion, such as injection as a sustained release formulation.
[0579] Besides those representative dosage forms described herein, pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and carriers are generally known to those skilled in the art and are thus included in the instant invention. Such excipients and carriers are described, for example, in "Remingtons Pharmaceutical Sciences" Mack Pub. Co., New Jersey (2000); and "Pharmaceutics The Science of Dosage Form Design, 2nd Ed. (Aulton, ed.) Churchill Livingstone (2002). The following dosage forms are given by way of example and should not be construed as limiting the invention.
[0580] For oral, buccal, and sublingual administration, powders, suspensions, granules, tablets, pills, capsules, gelcaps, and caplets are acceptable as solid dosage forms. These can be prepared, for example, by mixing one or more compounds of the instant invention, or stereoisomers, solvates, prodrugs, pharmaceutically acceptable salts or tautomers thereof, with at least one additive or excipient such as a starch or other additive and tableted, encapsulated or made into other desirable forms for conventional administration. Suitable additives or excipients are sucrose, lactose, cellulose sugar, mannitol, maltitol, dextran, sorbitol, starch, agar, alginates, chitins, chitosans, pectins, tragacanth gum, gum arabic, gelatins, collagens, casein, albumin, synthetic or semi-synthetic polymers or glycerides, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone. Optionally, oral dosage forms can contain other ingredients to aid in administration, such as an inactive diluent, or lubricants such as magnesium stearate, or preservatives such as paraben or sorbic acid, or anti-oxidants such as ascorbic acid, tocopherol or cysteine, a disintegrating agent, binders, thickeners, buffers, sweeteners, flavoring agents or perfuming agents. Additionally, dyestuffs or pigments may be added for identification. Tablets and pills may be further treated with suitable coating materials known in the art.
[0581] Liquid dosage forms for oral administration may be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, syrups, elixirs, suspensions, slurries and solutions, which may contain an inactive diluent, such as water. Pharmaceutical formulations may be prepared as liquid suspensions or solutions using a sterile liquid, such as, but not limited to, an oil, water, an alcohol, and combinations of these. Pharmaceutically suitable surfactants, suspending agents, emulsifying agents, and the like may be added for oral or parenteral administration. [0582] For nasal administration, the pharmaceutical formulations may be a spray or aerosol containing an appropriate solvent and optionally other compounds such as, but not limited to, stabilizers, antimicrobial agents, antioxidants, pH modifiers, surfactants, bioavailability modifiers and combinations of these. A propellant for an aerosol formulation may include compressed air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or a hydrocarbon based low boiling solvent. The compound or compounds of the instant invention are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from a nebulizer or the like.
[0583] Injectable dosage forms for parenteral administration generally include aqueous suspensions or oil suspensions, which may be prepared using a suitable dispersant or wetting agent and a suspending agent. Injectable forms may be in solution phase or a powder suitable for reconstitution as a solution. Both are prepared with a solvent or diluent. Acceptable solvents or vehicles include sterilized water, Ringer's solution, or an isotonic aqueous saline solution. Alternatively, sterile oils may be employed as solvents or suspending agents. Typically, the oil or fatty acid is non-volatile, including natural or synthetic oils, fatty acids, mono-, di- or tri-glycerides. For injection, the formulations may optionally contain stabilizers, pH modifiers, surfactants, bioavailability modifiers and combinations of these. The compounds may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection such as by bolus injection or continuous infusion. A unit dosage form for injection may be in ampoules or in multi-dose containers.
[0584] For rectal administration, the pharmaceutical formulations may be in the form of a suppository, an ointment, an enema, a tablet or a cream for release of compound in the intestines, sigmoid flexure and/or rectum. Rectal suppositories are prepared by mixing one or more compounds of the instant invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or tautomers of the compound, with acceptable vehicles, for example, cocoa butter or polyethylene glycol, which is solid phase at room temperature but liquid phase at those temperatures suitable to release a drug inside the body, such as in the rectum. Various other agents and additives may be used in the preparation of suppositories as is well known to those of skill in the art. [0585] The formulations of the invention may be designed to be short-acting, fast-releasing, long-acting, and sustained-releasing as described below. Thus, the pharmaceutical formulations may also be formulated for controlled release or for slow release. The instant compositions may also comprise, for example, micelles or liposomes, or some other encapsulated form, or may be administered in an extended release form to provide a prolonged storage and/or delivery effect. Therefore, the pharmaceutical formulations may be compressed into pellets or cylinders and implanted intramuscularly or subcutaneously as depot injections or as implants such as stents. Such implants may employ known inert materials such as silicones and biodegradable polymers.
[0586] Specific dosages may be adjusted depending on conditions of disease, the age, body weight, general health conditions, sex, and diet of the subject, dose intervals, administration routes, excretion rate, and combinations of drugs. Any of the above dosage forms containing effective amounts are well within the bounds of routine experimentation and therefore, well within the scope of the instant invention.
[0587] A therapeutically effective dose may vary depending upon the route of administration and dosage form. Typically, the compound or compounds of the instant invention are selected to provide a formulation that exhibits a high therapeutic index. The therapeutic index is the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects which can be expressed as the ratio between LD50 and ED50. The LD50 is the dose lethal to 50% of the population and the ED50 is the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population. The LD50 and EDs0 are determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in animal cell cultures or experimental animals.
[0588] The dosage regimen for treating Lck-mediated diseases and other diseases listed above with the compounds of this invention and/or compositions of this invention is based on a variety of factors, including the type of disease, the age, weight, sex, medical condition of the patient, the severity of the condition, the route of administration, and the particular compound employed. Thus, the dosage regimen may vary widely, but can be determined routinely using standard methods. Dosage levels of the order from about 0.01 mg to 30 mg per kilogram of body weight per day, for example from about 0.1 mg to 10 mg/kg, or from about 0.25 mg to 1 mg/kg are useful for all methods of use disclosed herein. [0589] For oral administration, the pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of, for example, a capsule, a tablet, a suspension, or liquid. The pharmaceutical composition can be made in the form of a dosage unit containing a given amount of the active ingredient. For example, these may contain an amount of active ingredient from about 1 to 2000 mg, for example from about 1 to 500 mg, or from about 5 to 150 mg. A suitable daily dose for a human or other mammal may vary widely depending on the condition of the patient and other factors, but, once again, can be determined using routine methods.
[0590] The active ingredient may also be administered by injection as a composition with suitable carriers including saline, dextrose, or water. The daily parenteral dosage regimen will be from about 0.1 to about 30 mg/kg of total body weight, such as from about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg, or from about 0.25 mg to 1 mg/kg.
[0591] Formulations suitable for topical administration include liquid or semi-liquid preparations suitable for penetration through the skin (e.g., liniments, lotions, ointments, creams, or pastes) and drops suitable for administration to the eye, ear, or nose.
[0592] A suitable topical dose of active ingredient of a compound of the invention is 0.1 mg to 150 mg administered one to four, for example one or two times daily. For topical administration, the active ingredient may comprise from 0.001% to 10% w/w, e.g., from 1% to 2% by weight of the formulation, although it may comprise as much as 10% w/w, but typically not more than 5% w/w. In one embodiment, the concentration is from 0.1% to 1% of the formulation.
[0593] The pharmaceutical compositions may be subjected to conventional pharmaceutical operations such as sterilization and/or may contain conventional adjuvants, such as preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, buffers etc. The pharmaceutically active compounds of this invention can be processed in accordance with conventional methods of pharmacy to produce medicinal agents for administration to patients, including humans and other mammals.
[0594] While the compounds of the present invention can be administered as the sole active pharmaceutical agent, they can also be used in combination with one or more compounds of the invention or with one or more other agents. When administered as a combination, the therapeutic agents can be formulated and given to the subject as a single composition or the combination of therapeutic agents can be formulated and given to the subject as separate compositions that are given at the same time or different times.
[0595] Treatment may also include administering the pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention in combination with other therapies. For example, the compounds and pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention may be administered before, during, or after surgical procedure and/or radiation therapy. Alternatively, the compounds of the invention can also be administered in conjunction with other anti-proliferative agents including those used in antisense and gene therapy.
[0596] One category of suitable antiproliferative agents useful in the present invention is the alkylating agents, a group of highly reactive chemotherapeutics that form covalent linkages with nucleophilic centers (e.g., hydroxyl and carboxyl). Chemically, the alkylating agents can be divided into five groups: nitrogen mustards, ethylenimines, alkylsulfonates, triazenes, and nitrosureas. The nitrogen mustards are frequently useful in, for example, the treatment of chronic lymphocytic leukemia, Hodgkin's disease, malignant lymphoma, small cell lung cancer and breast and testicular cancer. Exemplary nitrogen mustards include chlorambucil, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, melphalan and uracil mustard. The ethylenimines, the most common of which is thiotepa, may be useful in bladder tumors and in breast and ovarian adenocarcinomas. The alkyl sulfonates are useful in the treatment of chronic myelogenous leukemia and other myeloproliferative disorders. Exemplary alkyl sulfonates include busulfan and piposulfan. The triazines, which include, e.g., dacarbazine, are useful in the treatment of malignant melanomas and sarcomas. Temozolomide, an analog of dacarbazine, may also be used in the methods and compositions of the present invention. Finally, the nitrosureas are especially useful against brain tumors, but also are effective for, e.g., multiple myeloma, malignant melanoma, and lymphoma. Exemplary nitrosureas include carmustine and lomustine.
[0597] Another category of antiproliferative agents suitable for use in the present invention is the antimetabolites, structural analogs of normally occurring metabolites that interfere with normal nucleic acid biosynthesis. This category of agents may be subdivided into the folic acid analogs, purine analogs and pyrimidine analogs based on the function of the metabolite with which the agent interferes. The most common folic acid analog is methotrexate, useful in the treatment of choriocarcinoma, leukemias, neoplasms and psoriasis. The purine analogs, such as mercaptopurine, thioguanine and azathioprine, may be useful in leukemias. The pyrimidine analogs are useful in the treatment of, for example, leukemia and carcinomas of the gastrointestinal tract, mammary gland, and bladder. Exemplary pyrimidine analogs include fluorouracil (5-FU), UFT (uracil and ftorafur), capecitabine, gemcitabine and cytarabine.
[0598] The vinca alkaloids, natural product-based agents that exert their cytotoxicity by binding to tubulin, represent another category of antiproliferative agents suitable for use in the present invention. The vinca alkaloids are useful in, for example, the treatment of lymphomas, leukemias, and lung, breast, testicular, bladder and head and neck cancers. Exemplary agents include vinblastine, vincristine, vinorelbine and vindesine. The taxanes, agents which promote microtubule assembly, and the podophyllotoxins, agents which inhibit topoisomerases, represent related categories of antiproliferative agents that may be useful in the methods and compositions of the present invention. Exemplary taxanes include paclitaxol and docetaxol, which are useful in breast and lung cancers, among others. Exemplary podophyllotoxins include etoposide (useful in, for example, lymphoma and Hodgkin's disease), teniposide, ironotecan (useful in, for example, colon, rectal and lung cancer) and topotecan, the latter two of which act via inhibition of topoisomerase I. [0599] Antineoplastic antibiotics represent another category of antiproliferative agents useful in the methods and compositions of the present invention. These agents exert their effects by binding to or complexing with DNA. Exemplary agents include daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, mitoxantrone, mitomycin, dactinomycin, plicamycin, and bleomycin. The antibiotics are useful in a diverse range of disorders, including Hodgkin's disease, leukemia, lymphoma, and lung cancer.
[0600] The methods and compositions of the present invention may comprise other antiproliferative agents, including the platinum complexes (e.g., cisplatin and carboplatin, which are especially useful in the treatment of lung, head and neck, ovarian and breast cancer); enzymes (e.g., L-asparaginase); hormone-related therapy hormone (e.g., tamoxifen, leuprolide, flutamide, megesterol acetate, diethylstilbestrol, prednisone and estradiol cypionate); hydroxyurea; methylhydrazine derivatives such as procarbazine; adrenocortical suppressants, e.g., mitotane, aminoglutethimide; aromatase inhibitors (e.g., anastrozole); and biologic response modifiers (e.g., interferon- A).
[0601] Furthermore, the methods and compositions of the present invention may comprise antiproliferative agents that result from the combination of two or more agents including, for example, prednimustine (a conjugate of prednisone and chlorambucil) and estramustine (a conjugate of nornitrogen mustard and estradiol).
[0602] The methods and compositions of the present invention may comprise a combination with another kinase inhibitor. Although the present invention is not limited to any particular kinase, kinase inhibitors contemplated for use include, without limitation, tyrphostin AG490 (2-cyano-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-N-(benzyl)-2-propenamide), Iressa (ZDl 839; Astra Zeneca); Gleevec (STI-571 or imatinib mesylate; Novartis); SU5416 (Pharmacia Corp./Sugen); and Tarceva (OSI-774; Roche/Genentech/OSI Pharmaceuticals). [0603] The foregoing description is merely illustrative of the invention and is not intended to limit the invention to the disclosed compounds, compositions and methods. Variations and changes, which are obvious to one skilled in the art, are intended to be within the scope and nature of the invention, as defined in the appended claims. From the foregoing description, one skilled in the art can easily ascertain the essential characteristics of this invention, and without departing from the spirit and scope thereof, can make various changes and modifications of the invention to adapt it to various usages and conditions. All patents and other publications recited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound of Formula I
Figure imgf000129_0001
or a stereoisomer, a tautomer, a solvate, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a prodrug thereof, wherein
X is -NR2R3, -OR2 or -SR2;
Y is hydrogen, halogen, haloalkyl, CN, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-OR , (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-R4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-R4, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-R4 or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl-R4;
Z is O or S(O)P, wherein p is 0,1 or 2;
R1 is substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted
Figure imgf000129_0002
C1^ alkoxy, wherein the Ci-6 alkyl and Ci-6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
Rla is H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, C1-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl or C1-6 alkoxy;
R2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (cycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted fused bicyclic (arylheterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heteroalkyl moiety has 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S;
R3 is H, CF3, or Q-6 alkyl;
R4 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl; and provided that
(1) when X is -NR2R3, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, and Z is O, then Y is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4 or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4 wherein R4 is substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl; and
(2) the compound of formula I is not
Figure imgf000130_0001
2. The compound of claim 1 wherein
X is -NR2R3, -OR2 or -SR2;
Y is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-R4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-R4, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl- OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-R4 or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl-R4;
Z is O;
R1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C]-6 alkoxy, wherein the Ci-6 alkyl and Ci-6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
Rla is H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, Ci-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy;
R2 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
(cycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted fused bicyclic (arylheterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heteroalkyl moiety has 1 , 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S;
R3 is H or CL6 alkyl; and
R4 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl.
3. The compound of claim 2 wherein X is -NR2R3.
4. The compound of claim 2 wherein Y is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl- OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-R4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-R4, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-R4 or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl-R .
5. The compound of claim 2 wherein R1 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-6 alkoxy, wherein the Ci-6 alkyl and Ci-6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I.
6. The compound of claim 2 wherein Rla is H.
7. The compound of claim 2 wherein R2 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (cycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted fused bicyclic (arylheterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heteroalkyl moiety has 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S.
8. The compound of claim 1 wherein X is -NHR2;
Y is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-R4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-R4 or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
Z is O;
R1 is substituted or unsubstituted Cβ-ioaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C]-6 alkoxy, wherein the Ci-6 alkyl and Ci-6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
Rla is H;
R2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted fused bicyclic (arylheterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heteroalkyl moiety has 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; and
R4 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl.
9. The compound of claim 8 wherein Y is 3-methoxy-4-(2-(l- piperidinyl)ethoxy)phenyl, pyridine, 3-fluoro-4-(2-(diethylamino)ethoxy)phenyl, 4-
(COOH)phenyl, 3-fluoro-4-(2-(l-piperidinyl)ethoxy)phenyl, 4-(CHO)phenyl, 4-((4- methyl- l-piperizinyl)methyl)phenyl, indolyl, l-methyl-indolyl, 4-methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-l,4- benzoxazinyl, benzofuranyl, 4-(N,N-dimethylsulfonamidyl)ρhenyl, (3,4,5- trimethyloxy)phenyl, (3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxy)phenyl, 3~fluoro-4-(2- (diethylamino)ethoxy)phenyl, 3-methoxy-4-(2-(l -piperidinyl)ethoxy)phenyl, 3-methoxy-4-(2- (l-pyrrolidinyl)ethoxy)phenyl, 1-benzothiopenyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, 4-(2-(l- piperidinyl)ethoxy)phenyl, 4-(2-( 1 -pyrrolidinyl)ethoxy)phenyl, 4-(2- (methoxy)ethyl)oxyphenyl, 4-(4-( 1 -methyl- 1 -piperizinyl)sulfonyl)phenyl, 4-(4- morpholino)pheny 1, 4-(4-methy I- 1 -piperizinyl)methylphenyl, 4-( 1 - piperidinyl)carbonylphenyl, 4-(N-methylamino)carbonyl phenyl, 4-(N5N- dimethylamino)carbonyl phenyl or 4-(N-propylamino)carbonyl phenyl.
10. The compound of claim 8 wherein R2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)Ci.8alkyl, wherein the heterocycloalkyl is piperidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, pyran or morpholine.
11. The compound of claim 8 wherein X is tetrahydro-2-furanylmethylamino, 2-(l - piperazinyl)ethylamino, 2-(4-morpholinyl)ethylamino, pyrrolidinylethylamino, piperidinylethylamino, N-boc-piperazinylethylamino, N-ethyl-piperazinylethylamino, 1- methy]-2-pyrrolidinylmethylamino or 1 -ethyl-2-pyrrolidinylmethylamino.
12. The compound of Claim 1 selected from N-isopropyl-5-ρhenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethoxy)phenyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine;
(S)-5,6-diphenyl-N-((tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; N-(2-(4-ethylpiperazin-l-yl)ethyl)-5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-l- y l)ethoxy)pheny l)furo [2,3 -d] pyrimidin-4-amine ; 5-phenyl-N-(2-(4-piperidinyl)ethyl)-6-(4-((2-(l-pyrrolidinyI)ethyl)oxy)ρhenyl)furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 4-(4-(isopropylamino)-5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-N,N- dimethylbenzenesulfonamide; 6-(4-((2-(methyloxy)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-(2-(l-piperazinyl)ethyl)furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 6-(3 -(methyloxy)-4-((2-( 1 -piperidinyl)ethy l)oxy)phenyl)-N-(2-(4-methyl- 1 - piperazinyl)ethyl)-5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine'; 6-(4-((4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-(2-(l- piperazinyl)ethyl)fiiro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 6-(4-((4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)methyl)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-((2S)-tetrahydro-2- fiiranylmethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; N-cyclopropyl-5-phenyl-6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethoxy)phenyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine; l,l-dimethylethyl 4-(2-((5,6-diphenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)ethyl)-l- piperazinecarboxylate;
N-(2-(4-ethyl-l-piperazinyl)ethyl)-5,6-diphenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 5,6-diphenyl-N-(3-(l-piperazinyl)propyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 4-(methyloxy)-5,6-diphenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidine; 6-(3-(methyloxy)-4-((2-(l-piperidinyl)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)-N-(l-methyl-4-piperidinyl)-5- phenylftiro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 6-(3-(methyloxy)-4-((2-(l-piperidinyl)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)-N-(2-methylpropyl)-5- phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
6-iodo-5-phenyl-N-((2S)-tetrahydro-2-furanylmethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 5-phenyl-6-(4-pyridinyl)-N-((2S)-tetrahydro-2-furanylmethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin~4- amine; 6-(4-((2-(diethylamino)ethyl)oxy)-3-fluorophenyl)-5-phenyl-N-((2S)-tetrahydro-2- fiirany lmethy l)furo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-amine ; 4-(5-phenyl-4-(((2S)-tetrahydro-2-furanyImethyl)amino)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)benzoic acid; 6-(3-fluoro-4-((2-(l-piperidinyl)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-((2S)-tetrahydro-2- furanylmethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 6-(3-(methyloxy)-4-((2-(l-piperidinyl)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-((2S)-tetrahydro-2- furanylmethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 4-(5-phenyl-4-(((2S)-tetrahydro-2-furanylmethyl)amino)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)benzaldehyde; 6-(3-(methyloxy)-4-((2-(l-piperidinyl)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-(2-(l- piperazinyl)ethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
6-(lH-indol-5-yl)-5-phenyl-N-(2-(l-piperazinyl)ethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 6-( 1 -methyl- 1 H-indol-5 -y l)-5 -pheny l-N-(2-( 1 -piperaziny l)ethy l)furo [2,3 -d] pyrimidin-4- amine; 6-(4-methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-l,4-benzoxazin-7-yl)-5-phenyl-N-(2-(l- piperazinyl)ethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
6-(l-benzofuran-5-yl)-5-phenyl-N-(2-(l-piρerazinyl)ethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; N,N-dimethyl-4-(5-phenyl-4-((2-(l-piperazinyl)ethyl)amino)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)benzenesulfonamide; 2,6-dimethyl-4-(5-phenyl-4-((2-(l-piperazinyl)ethyl)amino)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)phenol; 6-(4-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-(2-(l-piperazinyl)ethyl)flιro[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 5-phenyl-N-(2-(l-piperazinyl)ethyl)-6-(3,4,5-tris(methyloxy)phenyl)furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine; l,l-dimethylethyl 4-(2-((6-iodo-5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)ethyl)-l- piperazinecarboxylate; 5-(3-fluorophenyl)-N-(2-(4-(phenylmethyl)-l-piperazinyl)ethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine; N-(l-methylethyl)-6-(3-(methyloxy)-4-((2-(l-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)-5- pheny lfuro [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
6-(l-benzothien-2-yl)-5-phenyl-N-(2-(l-piperazinyl)ethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 6-(l,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-5-phenyl-N-(2-(l-piperazinyl)ethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine; 5-phenyl-N-(2-(l-piperazinyl)ethyl)-6-(4-((2-(l-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 6-(3-fluoro-4-((2-(l-piperidinyl)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)-N-(l-methylethyl)-5-phenylfuro[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 6-(4-((2-(diethylamino)ethyl)oxy)-3-fluorophenyl)-N-(l-methylethyl)-5-phenylfuro[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 5-phenyl-N-(2-phenylethyl)-6-(4-((2-(l-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine; N-(2-(4-raorpholinyl)ethyl)-5-phenyl-6-(4-((2-(l-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)ftiro[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 6-(4-((4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)sulfonyl)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-(2-(l- piperazinyl)ethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
6-(4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-(2-(l-piperazinyl)ethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine; 5-ρhenyl-N-(2-(l-piperazinyl)ethyl)-6-(4-(l-piperidinylcarbonyl)phenyl)furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 1,1-dimethylethyl 4-(2-((6-(4-((methylamino)carbonyl)phenyl)-5-phenylfuro[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)ethyl)- 1 -piperazinecarboxylate; N-methyl-4-(5-phenyl-4-((2-(l-piperazinyl)ethyl)amino)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidi:n-6- yl)benzamide; 4-(5-phenyl-4-((2-(l-piperazinyl)ethyl)amino)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-N- propylbenzamide; 6-(4-(4-morpholinylmethyl)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-(2-(l-piperazinyl)ethyl)furo[2,3- d]pyriraidin-4-amine; N,N-dimethy l-4-(5 -pheny l-4-((2-( 1 -piperaziny l)ethyl)amino)furo [2,3 -d] pyrimidin-6- yl)benzamide; 6-(4-((2-(ditnethy lamino)ethy l)oxy)pheny l)-N-(( 1 -ethy l-4-piperidinyl)methyl)-5 - phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 6-(4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-(2-(l-piperazinyl)ethyl)furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 6-(4-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-(2-(l-piperidinyl)ethyl)fiiro[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
6-iodo-N-(l-methylethyl)-5-phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; N-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-6-(3-fluoro-4-((2-(l-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)-5- phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 6-(3-fluoro-4-((2-(l-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)-N-(2-methylpropyl)-5- phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 5-phenyl-6-(4-((2-(l-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)-N-((2S)-tetrahydro-2- furanylmethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
5-phenyl-N-((2S)-tetrahydro-2-furanylmethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; 6-(4-((4-ethyl-l-piperazinyl)carbonyl)phenyl)-5-phenyl-N-((2S)-tetrahydro-2- furanylmethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine; (3-(5-phenyl-4-(((2S)-tetrahydro-2-furanylmethyl)amino)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)phenyl)methanol; 6-(3-aminophenyl)-5-phenyl-N-((2S)-tetrahydro-2-furanylmethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine;
6-(2-fluorophenyl)-5-phenyl-N-((2S)-tetrahydro-2-furanylmethyl)furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine; 6-(4-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)-N-(l-methylethyl)-5-phenylfuro[2,3- d]ρyriniidin-4-amine; N-(I5I -dimethylethyl)-5-phenyl-6-(4-((2-(l -pyrrolidinyl)ethyl)oxy)phenyl)furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine; and N-(2-(lH-imidazol-5-yl)ethyl)-6-(4-((4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)sulfonyl)phenyl)-5- phenylfuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine.
13. The compound of Claim 1 selected from:
5,6-diphenyl-4-[(S)-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-methyl]-amino furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine;
(5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(2-piperazin-l-yl-ethyl)-amine;
{ 6-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-pheny 1] -5 -pheny 1-furo [2,3 -d] pyrimidin-4-y 1 } -
(tetrahydro-furan-2-(S)-yl-methyl)-amine; {6-[4-(substituted)-phenyl]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-(tetrahydro-furan-2-(S)- yl-methyl)-amine; 6-[4-(2-Aminoethoxy)]phenyl-5-phenyl-4-[(5}-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-methyl]-amino furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine,
4-[(l,3-Dithiolan-2-yl)-methyl]amino-5,6-diphenyl furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine; (5 ,6-Dipheny 1-furo [2,3 -d] pyrimidin-4-y I)- [1,3] oxathiolan-2-y lmethy 1-amine; [l,3]Dithiolan-2-ylmethyl-[6-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]- amine;
(5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-[l,3]dithian-2-ylmethyl-amine; (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[253-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-[l,3]oxathian-2-ylmethyl-amine; (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yI)-(4-methyl-[l,3]dithiolan-2-yImethyl)-amine; [6-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-(4-methyl-[l,3]dithiolan-2- ylmethyl)-amine;
(5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(4-ethyl-[l,3]dithiolan-2-ylmethyl)-amine; 6-{4-[2-(N,N-dimethylamino)ethoxy]}phenyl-5-phenyl-4-[(l,3-dithiolan-2-yl)- methyl]amino furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine;
4-{4-[([l,3]Dithiolan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-phenol; 6-{4-[2-(N,N-dimethylamino)ethoxy]}phenyl-5-phenyl-4-[(l,3-dithiolan-2-yl)- methyl]amino furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine;
{6-[4-(3-Dimethylamino-propoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}- [1 ,3]dithiolan-2-ylmethyl-amine; {6-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-[l,3]dithiolan-2- ylmethyl-amine; [l,3]Dithiolan-2-ylmethyl-{6-[4-(2-methylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine; (4-{4-[([l,3]Dithiolan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}- phenoxy)-acetic acid methyl ester; l-[2-(4-{4-[([l,3]Dithiolan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}- phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one; [2-(2,5-Diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl)-ethyl]-(5,6-diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)- amine;
(5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-[2-(3-(R)-methyl-piperazin-l-yl)-ethyl]-amine; l-[2-(5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-ethyl]-piperidin-4-ol; l-[2-(5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-ethyl]-piperidin-3-ol; [2-(2,6-Dimetliyl-morpholin-4-yl)-ethyl]-(5,6-diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-amine; { 1 -[2-(5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-ethyl]-piperidin-4-yl} -methanol; {l-[2-(5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-ethyl]-piperidin-3-yl}-methanol; {l-[2-(5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-ethyl]-piperidin-2-yl}-methanol; l-[2-(5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-ethyl]-pyrrolidin-3-ol; (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(2-thiomorpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-amine; (2-[l,4]Diazepan-l-yl-ethyl)-(5,6-diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-amine; (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-[2-(4-methyl-[l,4]diazepan-l-yl)-ethyl]-amine; (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(2-piperidin-l-yl-ethyl)-amine; [2-(l,l-Dioxo-thiomorpholin-4-yl)-ethyl]-(5,6-diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)- amine;
(5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-ethyl)-amine; 5,6-diphenyl-4-[(i?,iS}-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-methyl]aminofuro[2,3-d]pyrimidine; 5,6-diphenyl-4-[(i?)-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-methyl]amino furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine; (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-l-yl)-ethyl]-amine; (5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-amine; 4-[(S)-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-methyl]amino-6-iodo-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine; [6-(lH-Indol-5-yl)-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-((-S)-tetrahydro-furan-2- ylmethyl)-amine;
[6-(6-Methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-((5f)-tetrahydro-furan- -ylmethyl)-amine; Morpholin-4-yl-(4- { 5-pheny l-4-[(,S)-(tetrahy dro-furan-2-y lmethyl)-amino] -furo [2,3 - d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-phenyl)-methanone 6-(6-Methoxy-naphthalen-2-yl)-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-((5)tetrahydro- furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine;
(6-Bromo-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-((5)-tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine; 4-Di-tert-butyloxycarbonylamino-5-bromo-6-phenylfuro-[2,3-d]pyrimidine; [5-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-6-phenyl-fυro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-(tetrahydro-furan-2- ylmethyl)amine; [6-(4-Amino-phenyl)-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)- amine; {6-[4-(2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-
(tetrahydro-furan-2-yImethyl)-amine; {5-Phenyl-6-[4-(2-pyridin-4-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-(tetrahydro- furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine;
(6-Phenyl-5-p-tolyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine; (6-Phenyl-5-m-tolyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine; (5-Furan-2-yl-6-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine; (6-Phenyl-5-thiophen-2-yl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)- amine; (6-Phenyl-5-thiophen-3-yl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)- amine; [6-(4-Dimethylamino-phenyl)-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-(tetrahydro-furan-2- ylmethyl)-amine; 4-{5-Phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylraethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}- benzonitrile; N-(4- { 5-Phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-y lmethy l)-amino] -furo [2,3 -d] pyrimidin-6-y 1 } - phenyl)-acetamide;
4-{5-Phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-phenol; [6-(4-Methanesulfony 1-pheny l)-5 -pheny 1-furo [2,3 -d] py rimidin-4-y 1] -(tetrahydro-furan-2- ylmethyl)-amine;
(5-Furan-3-yl-6-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine; [5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-6-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-(tetrahydro-furan-2- ylmethyl)-amine; [5-(3-Methoxy-phenyl)-6-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-(tetrahydro-furan-2- ylmethyl)-amine; 4-{5-Phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}- benzenesulfonamide; N-Furan-2-ylmethyl-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzamide; [5-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-6-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)- amine; [5-(3-Fluoro-phenyl)-6-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)- amine; [5-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-6-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)- amine; N,N-Dimethyl-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzenesulfonamide; N-(2-Methoxy-ethyl)-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzamide; N-(2-Morpholin-4-y l-ethyl)-4- { 5 -pheny 1-4- [(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethy l)-amino] - furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzamide; N-Isopropyl-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-
6-yl} -benzenesulfonamide; N-Furan-2-yImethyl-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzenesulfonamide; N-Methyl-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-fiuro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6- yl} -benzenesulfonamide; (4-Methyl-piperazin-l-yl)-(4-{5-phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-phenyl)-methanone; { 6-[4-(4-Methy 1-piperazine- 1 -sulfony l)-pheny l]-5 -pheny 1-furo [2,3 -d] pyrimidin-4- yl}(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine; 1 -(4- { 5-Phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3 -d]pyrimidin-6-yl} - benzenesulfonyl)-piperidin-4-ol; N-(2-Methoxy-ethyl)-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzenesulfonamide;
N-(trans-4-Hydroxy-cyclohexyl)-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(5)-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)- amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzenesuIfonamide; N-(3-Morpholin-4-yl-propyl)-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(S)-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzenesulfonamide; N,N-Dimethyl-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(5)-(tetrahydro-ftιran-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-benzamide; N-Methyl-4-{5-phenyl-4-[(S)-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-6-yl} -benzamide; (4-Hydroxy-piperidin-l-yl)-(4-{5-phenyl-4-[(>S)-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]- furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-phenyl)-methanone; 4-{5-Phenyl-4-[(S)-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl}-N- pyridin-3-ylmethyl-benzenesulfonamide;
[l,3]Dioxolan-2-ylmethyl-(5,6-diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-amine; [l,3]Dioxolan-2-ylmethyI-{6-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl} -amine; {6-[4-(2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-
(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine; (5-Phenyl-6-thiophen-2-yl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(tetraHydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)- amine;
(6-Furan-2-yl-5-phenyl-fiiro[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amine; [6-(4-Methanesulfony l-phenyl)-5 -pheny 1-furo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl] -(tetrahydro-furan-2- ylmethyl)-amine;
(5,6-Diphenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(2-methyl-[l,3]dioxolan-2-ylmethyl)-amine; {5-Phenyl-6-[4-(2-piperidin-l-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}(tetrahydro- furan-2-y lmethy l)-amine ;
1(R/S), 2(R/S)- (l-Oxo-tetrahydro-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-bulyl ester; l(i?/5),2(»S7i?)-(l-Oxo-tetrahydro-thiophen-2-yImethyI)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester; (l,l-Dioxo-tetrahydro-lλ6-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester; 1 (BJS), 2(R/S)-C-( 1 -Oxo-tetrahydro-thiophen-2-yl)-methylamine; 1 (BJS), 2(S/R)-C-( 1 -Oxo-tetrahydro-thiophen-2-y l)-methylamine; C-(1 , 1 -Dioxo-tetrahydro- 1 λ6-thiophen-2-y l)-methy lamine; (5,6-Diphenyl-turo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(tetrahydro-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine; (1,1 -Dioxo-tetrahydro- 1 λδ-thiophen-2-y lmethy l)-(5 ,6-dipheny 1-furo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4- yl)-amine;
{6-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}- (tetrahydro-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine; {6-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-(l,l- dioxo-tetrahydro- 1 λ6-thiophen-2-y lmethy l)-amine ; {6-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-
(1 (R/S),2(S/R) -1 -oxo-tetrahydro-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine; {6-[4-(2-Dimethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5-phenyl-furo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-(l(R/S),
2(R/S)-l-oxo-tetrahydro-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
14. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
15. A method of treating inflammation in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
16. A method of inhibiting T cell activation in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
17. A method of treating arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, or osteoarthritis in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
18. A method of treating organ transplant, acute transplant or heterograft or homograft rejection, or transplantation tolerance induction in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
19. A method of treating ischemic or reperfusion injury, myocardial infarction, or stroke in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
20. A method of treating multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, including ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, lupus, contact hypersensitivity, delayed-type hypersensitivity, and gluten-sensitive enteropathy, type 1 diabetes, psoriasis, contact dermatitis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Sjogren's syndrome, autoimmune hyperthyroidism, Addison's disease, autoimmune polyglandular disease, autoimmune alopecia, pernicious anemia, vitiligo, autoimmune hypopituatarism, Guillain-Barre syndrome, glomerulonephritis, serum sickness, uticaria, allergic diseases, asthma, hayfever, allergic rhinitis, scleracielma, mycosis fungoides, dermatomyositis, alopecia areata, chronic actinic dermatitis, eczema, Behcet's disease, Pustulosis palmoplanteris, Pyoderma gangrenum, Sezary's syndrome, atopic dermatitis, systemic schlerosis, morphea or atopic dermatitis in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
21. A method of treating colon carcinoma or thymoma in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
22. A method of treating a proliferative disease in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
23. The method of claim 22 further comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a second antiproliferative agent with the compound.
24. The method of claim 23 wherein the proliferative disease is cancer.
25. The method of claim 23 wherein the proliferative disease is breast cancer, lung cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, psoriasis, prostatic hyperplasia, or a benign tumor.
26. A method for treating a tyrosine kinase-mediated disorder in a mammal, comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
27. The method of claim 26 wherein the tyrosine kinase is Lck or ACK-I.
28. A method of manufacturing a medicament for the treatment of a tyrosine kinase- mediated disease, the method comprising combining a compound of Claim 1 with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
29. A method of manufacturing a medicament for the treatment of inflammation, the method comprising combining a compound of Claim 1 with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
30. A method of manufacturing a medicament for the inhibition of T cell activation and proliferation in a mammal, the method comprising combining a compound of Claim 1 with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
31. A method of manufacturing a medicament for the treatment of organ transplant, acute transplant or heterograft or homograft rejection, or transplantation tolerance induction in a mammal, the method comprising combining a compound of a Claim 1 with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
32. A method of manufacturing a medicament for the treatment of ischemic or reperfusion injury, myocardial infarction, or stroke in a mammal, the method comprising combining a compound of Claim 1 with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
33. A method of manufacturing a medicament for the treatment of multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, including ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, lupus, contact hypersensitivity, delayed-type hypersensitivity, and gluten-sensitive enteropathy, type 1 diabetes, psoriasis, contact dermatitis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Sjogren's syndrome, autoimmune hyperthyroidism, Addison's disease, autoimmune polyglandular disease, autoimmune alopecia, pernicious anemia, vitiligo, autoimmune hypopituatarism, Guillain- Barre syndrome, glomerulonephritis, serum sickness, uticaria, allergic diseases, asthma, hayfever, allergic rhinitis, scleracielma, mycosis fungoides, dermatomyositis, alopecia areata, chronic actinic dermatitis, eczema, Behcet's disease, Pustulosis palmoplanteris, Pyoderma gangrenum, Sezary's syndrome, atopic dermatitis, systemic schlerosis, morphea or atopic dermatitis in a mammal, the method comprising combining a compound of Claim 1 with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
34. A method of manufacturing a medicament for the treatment of colon carcinoma or thymoma in a mammal, the method comprising combining a compound of Claim 1 with a pharmaceutical carrier to form the medicament.
35. A method for making the compound of Claim 1, the method comprising the steps of: reacting a 2-chloro-furanopyrimidine compound (A) having the structure
Figure imgf000144_0001
with a compound X, wherein X is NR2R3, NHR2, OR2 or SR2, to form an 2-X- furanopyrimidine (B)
Figure imgf000145_0001
reacting compound (B) with a boronate having the structure (R(ThB-Y in the presence of a palladium catalyst to form a furanopyrimidine of structure (C)
Figure imgf000145_0002
36. A compound of Formula II
Figure imgf000145_0003
or a stereoisomer, a tautomer, a solvate, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a prodrug thereof, wherein
Y is hydrogen, halogen, haloalkyl, CN, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-R4, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-alkyl-R4, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl-OR4, (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-R4 or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-alkyl-R4;
R1 is substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted C].6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Q-6 alkoxy, wherein the Ci-6 alkyl and Ci-6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I; R2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)C]-8alkyl; and R4 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl; provided that
(2) the compound of formula II is not
Figure imgf000146_0001
37. A compound of Formula III
Figure imgf000146_0002
III or a stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof, wherein
X is -OR2, -SR2, or -NHR2;
Y is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4; R1 is substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted Q-6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-6 alkoxy, wherein the Ci-6 alkyl and Ci-6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
Rla is H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, Ci-6 alkyl or C)-6 alkoxy;
R2 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
(cycloalkyl)heteroalkyl substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted fused bicyclic (arylheterocycloakyl)alkyl, wherein the heteroalkyl moiety has 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; and
R4 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl; substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl.
38. The compound of claim 37 wherein Rla is H; and
R2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heterocycloalkyl group of the (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl is a saturated ring.
39. The compound of claim 37 wherein X is NHR2.
40. The compound of claim 39 wherein R2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (arylheterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heterocycloalkyl group of the (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl and the arylheterocycloalkyl group of the (arylheterocycloalkyl)alkyl is tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxalanyl, dithiolanyl, dioxanyl, oxathiolanyl, oxetanyl, oxazolidinyl, dithianyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, hexahydropyranyl, hexahydrothiopyranyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,3-dihydro- isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-lH-isoindolyl, 2,3-dihydro-lH- indolyl, benzo[l,3]dithiolyl, l,3-dihydro-benzo[c]thiophenyl, or 2,3-dihydro- benzo[b]thiophenyl.
41. The compound of claim 37 wherein R1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted Q.6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-6 alkoxy, wherein the C]-6 alkyl and Ci-6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I.
42. The compound of claim 37 wherein Y is unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted bicyclic heteroaryl, or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4.
43. The compound of claim 37 wherein Y is unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroary lene)-OR4.
44. The compound of claim 37 wherein Y is unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or (unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4.
45. The compound of claim 37 wherein R4 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl, wherein the heterocycloalkyl moiety or heteroaryl moiety is selected from substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyl, substituted or unsubstituted piperidinyl, substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiomorpholinyl, substituted or unsubstituted imidazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted hexahydropyranyl, substituted or unsubstituted oxazolidinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl.
46. The compound of claim 37 wherein R4 is C^ alkyl or C1-O heteroalkyl, each independently substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2, oxo, NH2, NR5R6, C(O)NR5R6, COOR7, OH, OR7, or S(O)qR7, wherein
R5 and R7 are independently unsubstituted C].6 alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, or (heteroaryl)alkyl; R6 is H or unsubstituted C].6 alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl,
(heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, or (heteroaryl)alkyl; or R5 and R6 together with the N to which they are attached form an unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heterocycloalkyl; and q is 0, 1, or 2.
47. The compound of claim 39 according to formula IV
Figure imgf000149_0001
IV or a stereoisomers, tautomer, solvate, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof, wherein R2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)methyl, the heterocycloalkyl ring of the (heterocycloalkyl)methyl being a 5- or 6-member saturated ring including at least one member selected from sulfur, oxygen, sulfinyl, or sulfonyl.
48. The compound of claim 47 wherein Y is phenyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4.
49. A compound of formula V
Figure imgf000149_0002
stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, solvates thereof, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and prodrugs thereof, wherein
Y is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4;
R is H, F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted Cj.6 alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-6 alkoxy, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
R2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)methyl, the heterocycloalkyl ring of the (heterocycloalkyl)methyl being a 5- or 6-member saturated ring including at least one member selected from sulfur, oxygen, sulfinyl, or sulfonyl; and
R4 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl having 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, or S; substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl; substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl; or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
50. The compound of claim 49 wherein Y is unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted phenyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4.
51. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 37 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
52. A method of treating a proliferative disease in an animal, comprising administering to such animal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula III
Figure imgf000151_0001
III
stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, solvates thereof, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and prodrugs thereof, wherein
X is OR2, NR2R3, or SR2;
Y is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl; substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R1 is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted Cj-6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1^ alkoxy, wherein the C1-6 alkyl and C1^ alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
RIa is H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, C]-6 alkyl or C]-6 alkoxy; and
R2 and R3 are independently H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (cycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (cycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
(heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)heteroalkyl; or R2 and R3, together with the N to which they are attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl.
53. The method of claim 52 wherein X is NHR2.
54. The method of claim 53 wherein R2 is substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, wherein the heterocycloalkyl group of the (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl is a saturated ring, or R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl.
55. The method of claim 52 wherein the heterocycloalkyl group of the (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl or the heteroaryl group of the (heteroaryl)alkyl is tetrahydrofuranyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, dioxalanyl, dithiolanyl, dioxanyl, oxathiolanyl, oxetanyl, oxazolidinyl, dithianyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, hexahydropyranyl, hexahydrothiopyranyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinylalkyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,3-dihydro-isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro- benzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-lH-isoindolyl, 2,3-dihydro-lH-indoIyl, benzo[l,3]dithiolyl, 1,3- dihydro-benzo[c]thiophenyl, or 2,3-dihydro-benzo[b]thiophenyl.
56. The method of claim 55 wherein the compound is of Formula V
Figure imgf000152_0001
wherein
Y is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl; substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted bicyclic heteroaryl, or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4; and R is H, F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted CL6 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C].6 alkoxy, wherein the Cj-6 alkyl and Cu alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I.
57. The method of claim 52 wherein Y is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, (substituted or unsubstituted phenylene)-OR4, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or (substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-member heteroarylene)-OR4.
58. The method of claim 52 wherein the effective amount of the compound is administered to an animal in need thereof.
59. The method of claim 52 further comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a second antiproliferative agent with the compound.
60. The method of claim 52 wherein the proliferative disease is cancer.
61. The method of claim 52 wherein the proliferative disease is breast cancer, lung cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, psoriasis, prostatic hyperplasia, or a benign tumor.
62. A method for treating a tyrosine kinase-mediated disorder in an animal, comprising administering to such animal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula III
Figure imgf000153_0001
III wherein
X is OR2, NR2R3, or SR2;
Y is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl; substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R1 is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, I, substituted or unsubstituted C1^ alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-6 alkoxy, wherein the Ci-6 alkyl and Ci-6 alkoxy substituents are selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
Rla is H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, C]-6 alkyl or Ci-6 alkoxy;
R2 and R3 are independently H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (cycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (cycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (heterocycloalkyl)heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted (heteroaryl)heteroalkyl; or R2 and R3, together with the N to which they are attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl.
63. The method of claim 62 wherein the tyrosine kinase is ACK-I .
PCT/US2005/022727 2004-06-29 2005-06-29 Furanopyrimidines WO2006004658A2 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2005260077A AU2005260077A1 (en) 2004-06-29 2005-06-29 Furanopyrimidines
EP05763716A EP1768986A2 (en) 2004-06-29 2005-06-29 Furanopyrimidines
MXPA06015223A MXPA06015223A (en) 2004-06-29 2005-06-29 Furanopyrimidines.
CA002571857A CA2571857A1 (en) 2004-06-29 2005-06-29 Furanopyrimidines
JP2007519333A JP2008505084A (en) 2004-06-29 2005-06-29 Furanopyrimidine

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US58389804P 2004-06-29 2004-06-29
US60/583,898 2004-06-29
US65994705P 2005-03-08 2005-03-08
US60/659,947 2005-03-08

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006004658A2 true WO2006004658A2 (en) 2006-01-12
WO2006004658A3 WO2006004658A3 (en) 2006-04-20

Family

ID=35344939

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2005/022727 WO2006004658A2 (en) 2004-06-29 2005-06-29 Furanopyrimidines

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US7776867B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1768986A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2008505084A (en)
AU (1) AU2005260077A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2571857A1 (en)
MX (1) MXPA06015223A (en)
WO (1) WO2006004658A2 (en)

Cited By (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006130160A3 (en) * 2004-07-23 2007-02-22 Amgen Inc Furanopyridine derivatives as ack1 and lck modulators
WO2007079862A1 (en) * 2005-12-21 2007-07-19 Bayer Healthcare Ag Novel, acyclic substituted furopyrimidine derivatives and use thereof for treating cardiovascular diseases
DE102007019690A1 (en) 2007-04-26 2008-10-30 Bayer Healthcare Ag Use of cyclic substituted furopyrimidine derivatives for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension
DE102007019691A1 (en) 2007-04-26 2008-10-30 Bayer Healthcare Ag Use of acyclically substituted furopyrimidine derivatives for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension
DE102007027799A1 (en) 2007-06-16 2008-12-18 Bayer Healthcare Ag Substituted furopyrimidines and their use
DE102007027800A1 (en) 2007-06-16 2008-12-18 Bayer Healthcare Ag Substituted bicyclic heteroaryl compounds and their use
DE102007054786A1 (en) 2007-11-16 2009-05-20 Bayer Healthcare Ag Trisubstituted Furopyrimidines and their Use
JP2009523711A (en) * 2005-12-21 2009-06-25 バイエル・ヘルスケア・アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Novel cyclic substituted furopyrimidine derivatives and their use to treat cardiovascular disease
WO2009139886A2 (en) * 2008-05-14 2009-11-19 University Of Pittsburgh-Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education Targeting an hiv-1 nef-host cell kinase complex
US7776867B2 (en) 2004-06-29 2010-08-17 Amgen Inc. Furanopyrimidines
WO2011055115A1 (en) 2009-11-04 2011-05-12 Almac Discovery Limited Akt / pkb inhibitors
CN102260270A (en) * 2010-05-28 2011-11-30 中国科学院上海药物研究所 N-(2-methylfuran[2,3-d]pyrimidine-4-yl)acrylamide, its preparation method and application
US8138194B2 (en) 2008-04-30 2012-03-20 National Health Research Institutes Fused bicyclic pyrimidine compounds as aurora kinase inhibitors
CN103087077A (en) * 2011-11-03 2013-05-08 上海希迈医药科技有限公司 Thienopyrimidine and furopyrimidine derivative, its preparation method and application in medicines
WO2013140189A1 (en) 2012-03-23 2013-09-26 Almac Discovery Limited 6- (4- (1 -amino- 3 -hydroxycyclobutyl) phenyl) - 5 - phenyl (furo, thieno or pyrrolo) [2, 3-d] pyrimidin- 4 - one derivatives for the treatment of cancer
CN103360407A (en) * 2012-04-10 2013-10-23 上海希迈医药科技有限公司 Thiophene miazines derivate as well as preparation method and medical application thereof
CN103920056A (en) * 2014-05-04 2014-07-16 张翠荣 Aerosol inhalation liquid for preventing postoperative tracheospasm and preparation method thereof
CN103948827A (en) * 2014-05-04 2014-07-30 李晓燕 Medicinal composition for aerosol inhalation in preoperative period
US9006252B2 (en) 2008-09-26 2015-04-14 National Health Research Institutes Fused multicyclic compounds as protein kinase inhibitors
CN106946896A (en) * 2017-03-30 2017-07-14 成都知普莱生物医药科技有限公司 The furans simultaneously amine derivative of [2,3 d] pyrimidine 4
US10278972B2 (en) 2013-12-23 2019-05-07 Les Laboratoires Servier Thienopyrimidine derivatives, a process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
CN114126620A (en) * 2019-05-13 2022-03-01 传达治疗有限公司 FGFR inhibitors and methods of use thereof

Families Citing this family (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6555543B2 (en) 2000-08-04 2003-04-29 Dmi Biosciences, Inc. Method of using diketopiperazines and composition containing them
KR20150080004A (en) 2003-05-15 2015-07-08 앰피오 파마슈티컬스 인코퍼레이티드 Treatment of t-cell mediated diseases
WO2008070908A1 (en) * 2006-12-11 2008-06-19 Bionomics Limited Chemical compounds and processes
JP5856843B2 (en) 2008-05-27 2016-02-10 アンピオ ファーマシューティカルズ,インコーポレイテッド Pharmaceutical composition using diketopiperazine
GB201105659D0 (en) 2011-04-01 2011-05-18 Xention Ltd Compounds
WO2013055734A1 (en) 2011-10-10 2013-04-18 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of degenerative joint disease
MY172699A (en) 2011-10-10 2019-12-10 Ampio Pharmaceuticals Inc Implantable medical devices with increased immune tolerance, and methods for making and implanting
MX355446B (en) * 2011-10-28 2018-04-18 Ampio Pharmaceuticals Inc Treatment of rhinitis.
EP2968315B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2020-06-03 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for the mobilization, homing, expansion and differentiation of stem cells and methods of using the same
WO2016028790A1 (en) 2014-08-18 2016-02-25 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of joint conditions
US11389512B2 (en) 2015-06-22 2022-07-19 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of low molecular weight fractions of human serum albumin in treating diseases
FR3046792B1 (en) * 2016-01-19 2018-02-02 Les Laboratoires Servier NOVEL AMMONIUM DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002105081A (en) * 2000-07-28 2002-04-10 Nikken Chem Co Ltd Bicyclic compound of thiophene
WO2003018589A1 (en) * 2001-08-22 2003-03-06 Bayer Healthcare Ag Novel 4-aminofuropyrimidines and the use thereof
WO2003022852A2 (en) * 2001-09-11 2003-03-20 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Furo-and thienopyrimidine derivatives as angiogenesis inhibitors
WO2003080064A1 (en) * 2002-03-21 2003-10-02 Abbott Laboratories Kinase inhibitors
US20030225098A1 (en) * 2002-03-21 2003-12-04 Hirst Gavin C. Kinase inhibitors
WO2004111057A1 (en) * 2003-06-11 2004-12-23 Xention Discovery Limited Thienopyrimidine derivatives as potassium channel inhibitors

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5679683A (en) * 1994-01-25 1997-10-21 Warner-Lambert Company Tricyclic compounds capable of inhibiting tyrosine kinases of the epidermal growth factor receptor family
AU2096895A (en) * 1994-03-07 1995-09-25 Sugen, Incorporated Receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors for inhibiting cell proliferative disorders and compositions thereof
GB0412986D0 (en) * 2004-06-10 2004-07-14 Xention Discovery Ltd Compounds
US7776867B2 (en) 2004-06-29 2010-08-17 Amgen Inc. Furanopyrimidines

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002105081A (en) * 2000-07-28 2002-04-10 Nikken Chem Co Ltd Bicyclic compound of thiophene
WO2003018589A1 (en) * 2001-08-22 2003-03-06 Bayer Healthcare Ag Novel 4-aminofuropyrimidines and the use thereof
WO2003022852A2 (en) * 2001-09-11 2003-03-20 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Furo-and thienopyrimidine derivatives as angiogenesis inhibitors
WO2003080064A1 (en) * 2002-03-21 2003-10-02 Abbott Laboratories Kinase inhibitors
US20030225098A1 (en) * 2002-03-21 2003-12-04 Hirst Gavin C. Kinase inhibitors
WO2004111057A1 (en) * 2003-06-11 2004-12-23 Xention Discovery Limited Thienopyrimidine derivatives as potassium channel inhibitors

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MASAKU FUJITA ET AL: "Design ,Synthesis and Bioactives of Novel Diarylthiophenes: Inhibitors of Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha(TNF-alpha) Production" BIOORGANIC CHEMISTRY, vol. 10, 2002, pages 3113-3122, XP002355371 *
PATENT ABSTRACTS OF JAPAN vol. 2002, no. 08, 5 August 2002 (2002-08-05) -& JP 2002 105081 A (NIKKEN CHEM CO LTD), 10 April 2002 (2002-04-10) *

Cited By (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7776867B2 (en) 2004-06-29 2010-08-17 Amgen Inc. Furanopyrimidines
US7674907B2 (en) 2004-07-23 2010-03-09 Amgen Inc. Furanopyridine derivatives and methods of use
WO2006130160A3 (en) * 2004-07-23 2007-02-22 Amgen Inc Furanopyridine derivatives as ack1 and lck modulators
US8183246B2 (en) 2005-12-21 2012-05-22 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Acyclically substituted furopyrimidine derivatives and use thereof
JP2009520713A (en) * 2005-12-21 2009-05-28 バイエル・ヘルスケア・アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Novel acyclic substituted furopyrimidine derivatives and their use to treat cardiovascular disease
WO2007079862A1 (en) * 2005-12-21 2007-07-19 Bayer Healthcare Ag Novel, acyclic substituted furopyrimidine derivatives and use thereof for treating cardiovascular diseases
US8324222B2 (en) 2005-12-21 2012-12-04 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Cyclically substituted furopyrimidine derivatives and use thereof
JP2009523711A (en) * 2005-12-21 2009-06-25 バイエル・ヘルスケア・アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Novel cyclic substituted furopyrimidine derivatives and their use to treat cardiovascular disease
DE102007019690A1 (en) 2007-04-26 2008-10-30 Bayer Healthcare Ag Use of cyclic substituted furopyrimidine derivatives for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension
WO2008131859A3 (en) * 2007-04-26 2009-07-16 Bayer Schering Pharma Ag Use of cyclically substituted furopyrimidine derivatives for treating pulmonary arterial hypertonia
WO2008131858A3 (en) * 2007-04-26 2009-07-16 Bayer Schering Pharma Ag Use of acyclically substituted furopyrimidine derivatives for treating pulmonary arterial hypertonia
DE102007019691A1 (en) 2007-04-26 2008-10-30 Bayer Healthcare Ag Use of acyclically substituted furopyrimidine derivatives for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension
WO2008131858A2 (en) * 2007-04-26 2008-11-06 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Use of acyclically substituted furopyrimidine derivatives for treating pulmonary arterial hypertonia
WO2008131859A2 (en) * 2007-04-26 2008-11-06 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Use of cyclically substituted furopyrimidine derivatives for treating pulmonary arterial hypertonia
DE102007027800A1 (en) 2007-06-16 2008-12-18 Bayer Healthcare Ag Substituted bicyclic heteroaryl compounds and their use
DE102007027799A1 (en) 2007-06-16 2008-12-18 Bayer Healthcare Ag Substituted furopyrimidines and their use
DE102007054786A1 (en) 2007-11-16 2009-05-20 Bayer Healthcare Ag Trisubstituted Furopyrimidines and their Use
US8138194B2 (en) 2008-04-30 2012-03-20 National Health Research Institutes Fused bicyclic pyrimidine compounds as aurora kinase inhibitors
WO2009139886A2 (en) * 2008-05-14 2009-11-19 University Of Pittsburgh-Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education Targeting an hiv-1 nef-host cell kinase complex
US8541415B2 (en) 2008-05-14 2013-09-24 University of Pittsburgh—of the Commonwealth System of Higher Education Targeting an HIV-1 nef-host cell kinase complex
WO2009139886A3 (en) * 2008-05-14 2010-03-11 University Of Pittsburgh-Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education Targeting an hiv-1 nef-host cell kinase complex
US9006252B2 (en) 2008-09-26 2015-04-14 National Health Research Institutes Fused multicyclic compounds as protein kinase inhibitors
WO2011055115A1 (en) 2009-11-04 2011-05-12 Almac Discovery Limited Akt / pkb inhibitors
CN102260270A (en) * 2010-05-28 2011-11-30 中国科学院上海药物研究所 N-(2-methylfuran[2,3-d]pyrimidine-4-yl)acrylamide, its preparation method and application
CN103087077A (en) * 2011-11-03 2013-05-08 上海希迈医药科技有限公司 Thienopyrimidine and furopyrimidine derivative, its preparation method and application in medicines
WO2013064068A1 (en) * 2011-11-03 2013-05-10 上海希迈医药科技有限公司 Thienopyrimidine and furopyrimidine derivatives, preparation method thereof and medical use thereof
CN103087077B (en) * 2011-11-03 2016-05-18 上海希迈医药科技有限公司 Thienopyrimidine and furans miazines derivative, its preparation method and in application pharmaceutically
WO2013140189A1 (en) 2012-03-23 2013-09-26 Almac Discovery Limited 6- (4- (1 -amino- 3 -hydroxycyclobutyl) phenyl) - 5 - phenyl (furo, thieno or pyrrolo) [2, 3-d] pyrimidin- 4 - one derivatives for the treatment of cancer
CN103360407B (en) * 2012-04-10 2016-06-22 上海希迈医药科技有限公司 A kind of Thienopyrimidine analog derivative, its preparation method and in application pharmaceutically
CN103360407A (en) * 2012-04-10 2013-10-23 上海希迈医药科技有限公司 Thiophene miazines derivate as well as preparation method and medical application thereof
US10278972B2 (en) 2013-12-23 2019-05-07 Les Laboratoires Servier Thienopyrimidine derivatives, a process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
CN103948827A (en) * 2014-05-04 2014-07-30 李晓燕 Medicinal composition for aerosol inhalation in preoperative period
CN103920056A (en) * 2014-05-04 2014-07-16 张翠荣 Aerosol inhalation liquid for preventing postoperative tracheospasm and preparation method thereof
CN103920056B (en) * 2014-05-04 2017-02-08 李晓东 Aerosol inhalation liquid for preventing postoperative tracheospasm and preparation method thereof
CN106946896A (en) * 2017-03-30 2017-07-14 成都知普莱生物医药科技有限公司 The furans simultaneously amine derivative of [2,3 d] pyrimidine 4
CN106946896B (en) * 2017-03-30 2019-05-21 成都知普莱生物医药科技有限公司 Furans simultaneously [2,3-d] pyrimidine -4- amine derivative
CN114126620A (en) * 2019-05-13 2022-03-01 传达治疗有限公司 FGFR inhibitors and methods of use thereof
EP3968999A4 (en) * 2019-05-13 2022-08-03 Relay Therapeutics, Inc. Fgfr inhibitors and methods of use thereof
US11780845B2 (en) 2019-05-13 2023-10-10 Relay Therapeutics, Inc. FGFR inhibitors and methods of use thereof
EP4306529A3 (en) * 2019-05-13 2024-04-10 Relay Therapeutics, Inc. Fgfr inhibitors and methods of use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
MXPA06015223A (en) 2007-11-09
JP2008505084A (en) 2008-02-21
AU2005260077A1 (en) 2006-01-12
EP1768986A2 (en) 2007-04-04
US20060040961A1 (en) 2006-02-23
US7776867B2 (en) 2010-08-17
CA2571857A1 (en) 2006-01-12
WO2006004658A3 (en) 2006-04-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7776867B2 (en) Furanopyrimidines
US7674907B2 (en) Furanopyridine derivatives and methods of use
US7763624B2 (en) Substituted pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidines as ACK-1 and LCK inhibitors
AU747920B2 (en) Bicyclic pyridine and pyrimidine derivatives as neuropeptide Y receptor antagonists
EP2872511B1 (en) Imidazopyrazine derivatives as modulators of tnf activity
JP6615752B2 (en) Substituted nicotinimide inhibitors of BTK and their preparation and use in the treatment of cancer, inflammation and autoimmune diseases
AU2008273017B2 (en) Heterocyclic compounds useful as Raf kinase inhibitors
EP2654750B1 (en) Novel fused pyridine compounds as casein kinase inhibitors
AU763758B2 (en) Novel compounds
WO2007126128A1 (en) Dihydropyrazolopyrimidinone derivative
CA2775942A1 (en) Pi3k (delta) selective inhibitors
WO2006004703A2 (en) PYRROLO[2,3-d]PYRIMIDINES THAT MODULATE ACK1 AND LCK ACTIVITY
EP2382207A2 (en) Pi3k/mtor kinase inhibitors
EP3999498A1 (en) Inhibitors of cyclin-dependent kinases
WO2014100540A1 (en) Pyrazole substituted imidazopyrazines as casein kinase 1 d/e inhibitors
EP1664053A1 (en) Substituted heterocyclic compounds and methods of use
MX2007000941A (en) Furanopyridine derivatives as ack1 and lck modulators
MX2010011136A (en) PYRROLO[2,3-d]PYRIMIDIN-2-YL-AMINE DERIVATIVES AS PKC-THETA INHIBITORS.

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KM KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NG NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2006/015223

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2571857

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007519333

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Country of ref document: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005260077

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005763716

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2005260077

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20050629

Kind code of ref document: A

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005260077

Country of ref document: AU

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005763716

Country of ref document: EP